From: burgess@cynjut.infonet.net (Dave Burgess)
Newsgroups: comp.os.386bsd.announce,comp.answers,news.answers
Subject: [comp.os.386bsd] BNR/2 derived BSD for PCs FAQ (Part 1 of 10)
Date: 13 Aug 1994 19:00:40 -0500
Organization: Dave's House in Omaha
Message-ID: <386bsd-faq-1-776822434@cynjut.infonet.net>

Posted-By: auto-faq 3.1.1.2
Archive-name: 386bsd-faq/part1


			Frequently Asked Questions
		       386BSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD, and
		       other BSD derived Operating 
		                 Systems.


		   	   EXTREMELY UNOFFICIAL


  Original FAQ by:
	Terry Lambert
	terry_lambert@gateway.novell.com
	terry@icarus.weber.edu


  New FAQ by:
	TSgt Dave Burgess
	NCOIC, Configuration Management Section, US Strategic Command
	Instructor, Computer Science Dept, Nebraska College of Business
	President, Configuration Management Svcs, Inc.

	burgess@s069.infonet.net
	burgess@cynjut.infonet.net


			   Last Update:  13 Aug 1994 


Section 0.  (Basic FAQ information)

0.0	Master Index.

	0.0          Master Index.
	0.1          Introduction
	0.2          About this FAQ.
	0.2a         What are the differences between *BSD and (your favorite
		     operating system name here)? 
	0.2b         Which is better, (your favorite operating system name
		     here) or *BSD? 
	0.2c         Is 386bsd better than (your favorite operating system
		     name here)? 
	0.2.1        So what ARE the differences between the *BSD family and
		     Linux? 
	0.2.2        I want to start up a thread about why *BSD is or isn't
		     as good as some other operating system. Can anyone
		     suggest a good reason why I shouldn't? 
	0.2.3        Are all of the Berkeley derived systems binary
		     compatible? If not, what are the differences? 
	0.3          How to add your pet answer to the FAQ.
	0.4          Administrivia.
	1.0          What is 386BSD? (Taken from the original INSTALL.NOTES
		     by the Jolitz's, specifically Lynne) 
	1.0.1        What are these other Free BSD systems?
	1.0.2        I just downloaded all of 386bsd version 0.1 and I can't
		     get [some feature] to work? Do you have any suggestions?
		     
	1.1          Feature summary
	1.2          The future of 386BSD.
	1.3          386BSD software projects in progress
	1.3.1        Contacting software authors
	1.4          Minimum hardware configuration recommended
	1.5          Where to get the source and binaries
	1.5.1        Forms available (floppy, FTP, CD-ROM)
	1.5.1.1      Where can I get the distribution on floppy or tape?
	1.5.1.2      Where can I get the distribution via FTP?
	1.5.1.3      Where can I get the distribution on CD ROM?
	1.6          Electronic Information Groups for 386BSD
	1.6.1        Usenet newsgroups
	1.6.2        Newsgroup archives.
	1.6.3        386bsd Derived mailing lists.
	1.6.4        Other electronic resources.
	1.6.5        System Updates.
	1.7          Documentation available
	1.7.1        BSD manuals
	1.7.2        BSD books
	1.7.3        The Jolitz Book
	1.7.4        Dr. Dobbs' journal
	1.7.5        Documentation that comes with most of the distributions.
		     
	1.7.6        Other FAQ's on the net that are relevant
	1.8          FTP sites for 386BSD
	1.8.1        FTP Site List
	1.8.2        Official distribution sites
	1.8.3        Reference sites
	1.8.4        Unofficial archive sites that have neat stuff!
	1.8.5        X for 386BSD 0.1 Ported Software List
	1.8.6        Motif for the *BSD family. (Infomercial to follow)
	2.0          Install process
	2.0.1        Boot disks (versions and media formats)
	2.0.1.1      Where does extract go when I reboot?
	2.0.1.2      I put the floppy in and try to boot, and nothing
		     happens. What now? 
	2.0.1.3a     The floppy booted, but now the hard disk won't boot?
	2.0.1.3b     I am trying to reinstall. I run install and it loops
		     asking me if I want to use the whole disk? 
	2.0.2        Fix-it boot disk
	2.0.1.4      What are the options on the boot prompt?
	2.1          Binary distribution
	2.2          Source distribution
	2.3          Additional software distribution
	2.4          Patch-kit
	2.5          Configuration
	2.5.1        Partitions
	2.5.1.1      What is a 'disklabel' and why do I need one?
	2.5.2        Common Disk Label Problems.
	2.5.2.1      Swap space.
	2.5.2.2      Increasing the 386bsd partition size.
	2.5.2.3      I can access the DOS partition on my second disk from
		     Unix but not DOS? Any suggestions? 
	2.5.3        How do I set up the system so that I can boot from more
		     than one operating system/file-loader without using
		     floppies? 
	2.5.4        How do I disklabel my second hard drive?
	2.5.5        386bsd/NetBSD/FreeBSD cannot handle disk geometry
		     translations, but it turns out that my disk geometry is
		     translated. It has five zones, each with a different
		     sec/track! What kind of things can I do about the disk
		     translation my hard disk controller uses? 
	2.5.6        What are the options for the bootup prompt?
	2.5.7        I am having trouble installing WRT 'syslogd: bind: Can't
		     assign requested address' errors. What are some of the
		     things I should look at? I also am having trouble with
		     the network: 'starting network ... ifconfig: localhost:
		     badvalue'. 
	2.6          Common installation problems.
	2.6.1        Swap space not identified correctly.
	2.6.2        Endless reboot cycles.
	2.7          The computer just sits there, or 'that isn't right'.
	2.7.1        The boot disk works all right on one computer but not
		     another. 
	2.7.2        Really strange errors in the various *BSD falvors.
	2.7.2.1      I am using the original 386bsd 0.1 with no patches
		     installed and I get flashing multicolored characters and
		     a "ptdi 81061" prompt error? 
	2.7.2.2      Using the new code in NetBSD, I get a "panic: pdti
		     206067" in pmap_enter(). What should I do. 
	2.7.3a       I get the error "isr 15 and error: isr 17" on an NE2000
		     card. 
	2.7.3b       I have some card on IRQ2 and it doesn't work; why?
	2.7.3c       I am getting lousy performance out of my network card.
		     What are some of the other possibilities? 
	2.7.4        What is the difference between IRQ2 and IRQ9? Are they
		     really the same, or are they really different? 
	2.7.5        Some of my SCSI devices (like a tape drive) don't work;
		     why? 
	2.7.6        I try to run 'ps' or 'w' and get ': cannot get namelist'
		     from the TinyBSD kernel. What did I do wrong? 
	2.7.7        I get a 'Floating point constant out of range' when I
		     try to compile package 'n'. What is broke? 
	2.7.8        I want to use the Adaptec 1542C SCSI controller. What
		     are the problems/tricks you need to know to get it
		     working? 
	2.7.9        Did anyone ever find out on how to use the 3c509
		     etherlink III card yet for bsd? 
	2.8          Other common problems that are attributed to the
		     installation process but are caused other places. 
	2.8.1        Why don't the man pages for "magic" and "file" work?
	2.8.2        Why is apropos broke?
	2.8.3        I want to use more than 16 Megabytes of memory. Will any
		     of the BSD based systems support it? 
	2.8.4        I tried to use a device in my computer that should be
		     there. When I did, I got a "Device not configured
		     error." What do I do now? 
	3.0          System Internals
	3.1          Kernel
	3.1.1        How do I build a kernel?
	3.1.2        I want to do one of the following things:
		     * add a device not in the distributed kernel (third com
		       port, additional disk or tape, line printer driver,
		       etc).
		     * use a patch from the net or the patchkit to fix a
		       kernel bug.
		     * add another swap device.
		     * recompile the kernel to remove extraneous devices so
		       that it takes up less space.
		     * configure more pseudo-terminals to allow for more
		       xterms or network logins. 
	3.1.3        I don't have the source distribution -- how can I
		     rebuild the kernel? 
	3.1.4        Now that I have a kernel, how do I install it?
	3.1.5        After installing the patchkit and recompiling the kernel
		     with the option "WD8013", I am no longer able to reboot
		     the machine. A cold boot (power on) runs fine, but after
		     a reboot no boot drive is found by the BIOS. Besides
		     having a 16-bit WD/SMC Ethernet card installed the
		     machines try to boot using either a Adaptec 1742 or 1542
		     SCSI board to boot from. 
	3.1.6        My system is complaining about stray interrupt 7. Is my
		     machine going to explode or anything? 
	3.1.7        I found a bug in the kernel. How do I report it?
	3.1.8        Can someone please give a reasonably clear set of
		     instructions as to how to get a "current" version of
		     NetBSD running? 
	3.2          What exactly is this config file, anyway? What are all
		     of these cryptic notations? 
	3.2.1        Okay, fine. Why shouldn't I just add every device I can
		     find to the kernel, so I'll never have to recompile this
		     again? 
	3.2.2        What should I remove from the kernel?
	3.2.3        I can't get enough remote login sessions or xterm
		     sessions. I also can only get four seesions working at a
		     time. What can I do? 
	3.2.4        How do I get ddb, the kernel debugger, compiled into the
		     kernel and running? 
	3.2.5        Can I have more than one config file? Should I rename it
		     to something else? Any other hints? 
	3.2.6        What is the meaning of the trap codes I get in panic
		     messages? Sometimes this message appears in the form
		     "trap type nn". 
	3.2.7        I have been getting a lot of "virtual memory exhausted"
		     errors when I am compiling a program with a really big
		     static array. I have 128Meg of memory and 8Gig of swap.
		     How can this be happening? 
	3.2.8        Where can I learn more about all this?
	3.2.9        Does anyone have a system building script that takes
		     things like building a new config and multiple config
		     files into account? 
	3.3          X11/XFree86/XS3
	3.3.1        What options should I define to get the X extensions
		     included? 
	3.3.2        Where can I get the FAQ for 'X'?
	3.3.3        Why does X drop characters when using xdm? When I run
		     xdm from the console, it keeps losing keystrokes and the
		     shift keys don't always work. Why? 
	3.4          Compiler and Library routines
	3.4.1        Which C compiler is shipped with my 386BSD derived
		     system? 
	3.4.2        Where is libcompat.a?
	3.5          You promised to talk about timezones below. Are you
		     going to? 
	3.5.1        How do you change the timezone on NetBSD (FreeBSD
		     also?)? 
	3.5.2        The translation between seconds-since-the-epoch and date
		     differs by about 18 seconds between BSD and other Unixes
		     when running ntp; why? 
	4.0          Introduction
	4.1          Common Kernel-related problems
	4.1.1        Where are the commands "rpcinfo" and "rpcgen"?
	4.1.2        Where can I get a working "netstat"?
	4.1.3        How can I fix NFS to work with my NE2000 board?
	4.1.4        How can I get "ps" and "w" to work?
	4.1.5        Where are re_comp and re_exec?
	4.1.6        Where are stty() and gtty()?
	4.1.7        The system hangs with the HD light on after intense disk
		     usage. The system hangs when trying to fsck -p both of
		     my IDE hard drives at boot-up. 
	4.1.8        How do you implement quotas on Net/2 derived BSD
		     systems? 
	4.2          Available kernel add-ons
	4.2.1        The Patch-Kit
	4.2.2        Shared Libraries
	4.2.3        Sound Blaster Drivers
	4.2.4        Bus Mouse Drivers
	4.2.5        PPP Support
	4.2.6        re_comp and re_exec library functions
	4.2.7        Intel i82586 Ethernet Controller driver
	4.2.8        PC Speaker driver for Nethack
	5.0          Introduction
	5.1          Available Kernel Replacements
	5.1.1        keycap/codrv
	5.1.2        pcvt
	5.1.3        syscons
	5.1.4        Fast Symbolic Links
	5.1.5        npx fixes
	5.1.6        CGD's COM drivers
	5.1.7        Tom Ivar Helbekkmo's wd.c replacement
	5.1.8        Interruptless LPT Driver Kit
	5.2          Floppy Disk problems.
	5.2.1        How do I get a bootable floppy?
	5.2.2        How do I maximize the space on a mountable floppy disk. 
	5.3          Character Device Driver info
	5.3.1        Printers
	5.3.2        Terminals/Keyboards
	5.3.3        Modems
	5.3.4        What is the trick for getting Kermit to work with rz and
		     sz? 
	5.4          Tape Drives
	5.4.1        Does the tape need to be formatted?
	5.4.2        If I execute the command 'st -f /dev/st0 status', I get:
		     Archive/Tandberg? tape drive, residual=0, blocksize=512
		     Density: high = 16 (0x10), medium = 15 (0xf), low = 5
		     (0x5) ds=0 er=0 
	5.4.3        When is erst0 used?
	5.4.4        How is density (bpi) computed? I am using 3M DC 6250
		     cassettes which have a 250MB capacity on the Viper 150.
		     But computing the bits/inch based on 250MB/tape-length
		     (1020 ft.), I get a density of 171335 bpi, which is
		     nowhere near the 10000 bpi associated with QIC-150 in
		     the st(1) man page. Why the discrepancy? 
	5.4.5        How is an appropriate block size determined (and in what
		     units are they specified in the st(1) command)? 
	5.4.6        From the 4.3BSD mtio(4) man page, it sounds like data is
		     typically (traditionally?) stored on tape in
		     eof-terminated sequences of 1K records. 
	5.4.6.1      Is st's notion of "file" the record sequence between two
		     eof marks? 
	5.4.6.2      What about a "record"?
	5.4.6.3      Is a "record" one "block", as determined by st's
		     "blocksize" command? If not, what is the connection
		     between them? 
	5.4.6.4      Can I change the "record" size?
	5.4.6.5      When would I want a block size that is different from
		     the default? 1KB is the size of writes used by dd or
		     whatever. QIC specifies 512 byte records (well at least
		     its what people use..) Whatever you write in will be
		     broken into 512 byte sections. They must be multiples of
		     512 though. 
	5.4.7.1      How do I write several archives to a single tape? I
		     tried without success: $ st -f /dev/rst4 rewind $ tar cf
		     /dev/nst4 archive1 $ st -f /dev/nrst4 weof $ tar cf
		     /dev/nst4 archive2 $ st -f /dev/nrst4 weof 
	5.4.7.2      Later, I would expect to be able to access, say,
		     archive3 via the fsf directive to skip over the first
		     two archives. What is the correct sequence? 
	5.4.8        Since the Viper 150 writes on QIC-150/120, I guess I
		     don't need to worry about writing variable-length
		     records? How about reading a tape written with
		     variable-length records. Is this possible with the
		     Viper? If so, what's involved? 
	5.4.9        The very scant documentation that came with my drive
		     mentions a "selectable buffer disconnect size," whose
		     default is 16K. This is evidently the "maximum number of
		     bytes that can be sent over the SCSI bus during a single
		     data transfer phase." What's that? How is it connected
		     st's "blocksize" command? Do I want to use 16K blocks,
		     or might I even want to set the disconnect size to a
		     higher value? 
	5.4.10       What is "streaming"? When I tar a directory of files to
		     tape, I notice that the tape often stops. Streaming
		     means it doesn't stop? How would I get the viper 150 to
		     stream using tar or cpio or dump? 
	5.4.11       Where are all the answers to the above and related
		     questions written down? Neither on the net nor in the
		     4.3BSD manuals nor Administration text which I have
		     could I find this stuff covered! 
	5.4.12       What else should I know? For example, it seems that a
		     new tape must stretched. How is this done? 
	5.4.13       My tape drive doesn't work.
	5.5          Network
	5.5.1        How can I get my system to work as a network router?
	6.0          Working with DOS and BNR/2 related software.
	6.1          Formatting a floppy
	6.2          Sharing the Disk with MS-DOS
	6.2.1        How can I partition my drive to support both MS-DOS and
		     *bsd? 
	6.2.2        I can install using the whole disk, but I can't install
		     when I try to share the drive between 386bsd and MS-DOS.
		     Why? 
	6.2.3        I can use either MS-DOS or 386BSD on my hard drive, but
		     shutdown -todos doesn't seem to work. 
	6.2.4        Is there any hope of ever running MS-DOS applications
		     under any of the free BSD systems? 
	6.3          Accessing the MS-DOS filesystem
	6.4          NFS/PC-NFS support
	6.4.1        Can I use 8K packets for NFS? When I try, I have all
		     kinds of problems. 
	6.4.2        How do I get around the NFS "Permission denied" error? 
	6.4.3        What does the message "BAD MNT RPC: RPC Authentication
		     error; why = Invalid client credential" mean when I try
		     to mount something from another machine? 
	6.4.4        What does the message "Bad MNT RPC: RPC: Authentication
		     error; why = Client credential too weak" mean when I try
		     to mount something from another machine? 
	6.4.5        I get a lot of 'ring buffer overflow' messages using NFS
		     and the ed0 driver. Is there a problem? 
	6.4.6        Is there any PC software that will allow me to use my
		     enormous PC with all of the unsupported hardware as a
		     PC-NFS server? 
	6.5          How can I use mtools with the 'new' floppy naming
		     convention? 
	7.0          Communications
	7.1          SLIP/CSLIP
	7.2          PPP
	7.3          TCP/IP
	7.4          UUCP
	7.4.1        TIP/CU
	7.4.2        What is the magic incantation that allows the modem to
		     dial? 
	7.5          Terminals
	7.6          Can network attached assets be used by/from NetBSD?
	8.0          What hardware is 386BSD known to run on and support!
	8.1          System brand names
	8.2          Motherboards
	8.3          Video cards
	8.4          Mice and Trackballs
	8.5          Serial Cards
	8.5.1        How do I configure multiport cards? Is there a
		     possibility of using multiport serial boards? How do you
		     configure an AST/4 in the kernel? It looks like the AST
		     driver only supports 4-port cards, but it looks like it
		     would be easy to add support for 8 ports ... or am I
		     wrong? 
	8.5.2        Now that I have FreeBSD 1.0 installed, how do I set up
		     the serial ports for bi-directional use? 
	8.5.3        How do I get a serial console to work?
	8.6          Disk Controller Problems
	8.6.1        IDE controller problems
	8.6.2        SCSI controller problems
	8.7          SCSI Controllers
	8.8          Network Cards
	8.9          Printers
	8.10         TAPE Drives
	8.11         QIC-40/80 tape drives
	8.12         CD-ROMs
	9.0          What GNU software has been tested and is working with
		     Net/2 derived BSD systems for the 386? 
	9.1          Has anyone ever gotten news to work?


0.1	Introduction

	The 386BSD 0.1 operating system was originally a derivative of 
	the generally available parts of the Berkeley Net/2 release.  
	The definitive "man without whom we would have nothing" in 
	this effort has been William Jolitz.  For more information, 
	download the code.

	386BSD is fully redistributable and is intended as a research OS.  
	As such, many contributions to the system are provided through 
	interaction by people who communicate via many means.  Many new 
	and innovative features have been added to 386BSD since it's 
	original release in June of '92.  There was an 'unofficial' 
	patchkit which was available from many anonymous FTP sources 
	which makes 386BSD more stable and usable.  Many problems 
	associated with the use of 386BSD Version 0.1 were solved 
	through the application of patches from the patchkit.  In 
	addition, many common Unix packages have been ported with 
	varying degrees of difficulty.

	386BSD is available completely free of charge.  It is also 
	available on CD-ROM and many other methods, most of which end up 
	charging for 'media and handling costs'.  It is available by 
	Anonymous FTP and through FTP-Mail.  Recently, a new CD-ROM
	version of 386BSD has been announced in Dr. Dobb's Journal.  It
	may be the long awaited 386BSD 1.0, or simply a revenue
	enhancement version of 386BSD 0.1 (or 0.2).

	386BSD came in three distinct pieces, each of which was 
	exclusive of the other two.  These distributions were called the 
	'bindist', 'srcdist', and 'etcdist'.  The bindist could be unloaded 
	from its native form (on about 10 diskettes) and loaded onto a 
	42Meg hard drive partition.  It is a fully functional system, 
	including gcc 1.39, all executables for normal Unix style 
	operation, and many other things.  The etc distribution included 
	MANY additional programs (all with source) which extended the 
	functionality of 386BSD.  The srcdist was the source code for 
	386bsd, along with all of the header files not included in the 
	bindist.  All of the distributions and compilation files would 
	fit onto 180Meg of hard drive (barely).

	In addition to the original 386BSD, two newer versions of the 
	system are available, under new names.  NetBSD is the older (or 
	newer depending on whom you choose to believe) and FreeBSD is the
	other.  Both systems have evolved into programs that are superior
	to the progenitor and both have sizable (if a little rabid) 
	followings.  Most of the statements made in this FAQ will apply 
	to all three, although I will try to differentiate one from
	another whenever the difference matters.  Any place that says 
	386bsd either means the original 386bsd 0.1 (you should be able
	to tell by context) of any of the three members of the PC BSD
	family.

	There have been many attempts to polarize the FreeBSD and NetBSD
	development groups in the past.  One of the reasons that I am 
	still maintaining the FAQ is that it simply is a good source for
	historical information, as well as a reasonable source for 
	information that is specific to the implementations of NetBSD and
	FreeBSD.

	It should be noted that when the *BSD family started out, they
	used a source called the "Berkeley Net Release/2" tape as their
	genesis.  While this has provided a stable starting point, it
	also built a possible bomb into the system.  Due to an ongoing
	legal battle (which has now been resolved) the following files
	are identified as 'encumbered' in the BNR/2 source tree.  These
	kernel files are identified as the 'binary only' files in the
	BSDI distribution, and either have been or must be replaced
	before we can have a truly free OS family.  This is the
	pertinent excerpt from a letter from someone (whose name I have
	lost) indicating what is and is not releasable.

	Q:  What's all this about `binary-only files'?  Will BSDI
	continue to ship source code?
	A:  For Version 1.1 only, BSDI will ship the following kernel
	files in binary format:

	kern/init_main.c	kern/subr_rmap.c	ufs/ufs_bmap.c
	kern/kern_clock.c	kern/sys_generic.c	ufs/ufs_disksubr.c
	kern/kern_exit.c	kern/sys_process.c	ufs/ufs_inode.c
	kern/kern_physio.c	kern/tty.c		ufs/ufs_vnops.c
	kern/kern_sig.c		kern/tty_subr.c
	kern/kern_synch.c	kern/vfs_syscalls.c

	Our (Berkeley's) 4.4Lite-based release will again include the
	entire source tree (with the exception of a tiny number of
	device drivers whose interfaces are kept confidential at the
	request of their authors.

	I have it from a reasonably reliable source that these files
	either have been completely rewritten in a 'clean room'
	development effort or were replaced with code from other
	sources (such as CMU, or GNU).  The encumbered sources for the
	user land portion of the system have long since been replaced.



0.2	About this FAQ.

	This FAQ consists of 10 parts:

		Section 0.  Basic FAQ information
		Section 1.  General Network Information
		Section 2.  Common installation questions
		Section 3.  Kernel Building and Maintenance
		Section 4.  Kernel Additions
		Section 5.  Kernel Replacement Parts
		Section 6.  Interaction with MS-DOS
		Section 7.  System Communication
		Section 8.  "Supported" Hardware List
		Section 9.  "Supported" Software List

	It has been suggested that I remove some of the older, less relevant
	information from this FAQ.  I have given it some thought, and I might.
	Of course, if someone were to do it for me, it sure wouldn't break my 
	heart.

0.2a	What are the differences between *BSD and (your favorite operating
	system name here)?
0.2b	Which is better, (your favorite operating system name here) or 
	*BSD?
0.2c	Is 386bsd better than (your favorite operating system name here)?

	I decided to put this in section 0, primarily because it by far 
	the most asked and least useful question in comp.os.386bsd.*.  

	You will often see this question veiled as a request for a brief 
	description of the differences between 386bsd and (YFOS).  This 
	type of request, while seeming to be a reasonable one, is usually
	looked upon as either an attempt by some folks for the net to do 
	their homework, or as an attempt to start yet another flame-war.

	What is the answer to this question, then?
	
	No.  It is not.

	Nor is it any worse.

	It is DIFFERENT.  There are alternative Operating Systems 
	available, both free and commercial.  386bsd, NetBSD, FreeBSD, 
	and Linux are examples of "free" Unix style Operating Systems.

	If you ask any of these questions, you are wasting a LOT of 
	bandwidth and making a real name for yourself.  Don't bother.
	It nearly always ends up in name calling and 'mine is bigger
	(or littler) than yours...' arguments.  I have included an 
	excerpt below:

	>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> Is not!
	>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> Is so!
	>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> Is not!
	>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> Is so!
	>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> Is not!
	>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> Is so!
	>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> Is not!
	>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> Is so!
	>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> Is not!
	>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> Is so!
	>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> Is not!
	>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> Is so!
	>>>>>>>>>>>>>> Is not!
	>>>>>>>>>>>>> Is so!
	>>>>>>>>>>>> Is not!
	>>>>>>>>>>> Is so!
	>>>>>>>>>> Is not!
	>>>>>>>>> Is so!
	>>>>>>>> Is not!
	>>>>>>> Is so!

	[the rest of this scintillating debate is deleted...]

	Here are a brief list of differences between 386bsd and other 
	systems:

	1.  *bsd will not run DOS applications (yet).  There is 
	currently no DOS emulator.  People are working on it.  Either
	help or shut up.  There is work on a Windows program loader 
	execution version.  The project is called 'WINE' and is the
	free version of the 'WABI' project.  More on that to follow.

	2.  386bsd is not binary compatible with anything but the other
	free BSD systems (NetBSD, FreeBSD, and their kith).  There are
	rumors and rumblings from time to time that one or more of the
	*Nix variants may be binary compatible with NetBSD or FreeBSD.
	The more the merrier.  Be warned; if the package you are trying
	to run is not specifically compiled and linked for your version
	of {Free,Net}BSD, then you may well be completely on your own.

 	3.  FreeBSD, which originally started life as 386bsd 0.1 with
	the patchkit applied, has since evolved into an entirely
	seperate BSD lineage in its own right and incorporates many 
	important innovations.  In addition to extensive, high quality
	work that has been done on the FreeBSD kernel, a great deal of
	effort and time has been invested in improving the overall
	level of quality in such areas as the installation and maintenance 
	scripts, third-party applications packaging, and many of the 
	various utilities and development tools in BSD.  The emphasis 
	seems to be on better packaging and improved operation, and
	with special emphasis being placed on positioning FreeBSD as an
	'Intel-specific' BSD variant.  Much care taken specifically to 
	support the various and sundry peripherals and hardware one finds 
	on the Intel PC world.  Current plans are to move towards the
	fully unencumbered BSD 4.4 Lite in the upcoming FreeBSD 2.0
	release while still maintaining the Intel platform as the
	primary focus.
 
 	4.  NetBSD, on the other hand, is intended as a multiplatform 
 	'replacement' for Net2.  It has built-in support for so many 
 	different platforms that I simply can't begin to list them.
 	With the exception of the multiplatform support that is built
 	into NetBSD, the two system are very similar and seem to
 	parallel one another very closely.  Since the NetBSD folks seem
 	to be the self proclaimed 'bearers of the standard' for multi-
 	platform BSD support, they are also proceeding with switching
 	over to the 4.4 Lite tape.

	5.  Where BSD and POSIX differ, 386BSD conforms by default to
	BSD; Linux to POSIX.  Furthermore, while both run mostly GNU
	utilities, Linux tends toward the SysV flavor (e.g. init) 
	where 386BSD sticks with the BSD style.  However, sources for
	different flavors of utilities are available for both, and
	both support compiler options which allow more BSD or more
	POSIX semantics.

	Clifford Stoll talks about the 'West Coast/East Coast' feeling 
	of BSD/SysV in his book "The Cuckoo's Egg".  In keeping with 
	that, BSD feels like BSD/West Coast, Linux feels like SysV/East 
	Coast (actually, Finland is what it says on the passport, but 
	stay with me for a minute).   If you don't believe me, just 
	look at the primary U.S. archive sites.   Linux is available 
	from MIT, BSD is available from Berkeley.  Can't get much more 
	'Coast' than that. :-)

	Actually, NetBSD and FreeBSD are feeling more and more POSIX all 
	the time.  Recent releases of both products have implemented many
	more POSIX compliant utilities, features, and low-level hooks into
	the operating system.  A great deal of effort has gone into
	supporting and improving the POSIX standards compliance
	throughout all of the systems.

	5.  Linux, NetBSD, FreeBSD, and 386bsd share two vitally important 
	facets.  All are free and all include source.  They are all 
	excellent, and all fill a niche that the others would gladly 
	leave available.  Also, don't forget one of the most important 
	things; get what your friends have.  Then they can help you.

	6.  Finally, remember that this FAQ and the comp.os.386bsd.* 
	groups are intended as places for 386bsd users and developers 
	to meet and discuss topics which are germain to the further 
	development of 386bsd.  For more information about Linux, you 
	can read the comp.os.linux.* newsgroups.  If you are a 'rabid' 
	Linux user, stay on the Linux groups.  Most of us don't care how 
	much better Linux is than *BSD.


0.2.1	So what ARE the differences between the *BSD family and Linux?

	Here it is, in its 'right for today' glory.  As of 1 July,
	1994, these statements were more or less accurate.  Against my
	better judgement, I am going to include this, primarily because
	it is a very even handed approach to describing two very
	different systems.  For those of you that find it, I hope that
	it answers some of your questions.  It was written by:

		Thomas Heiling Pharmacist & Doctorate at 
		Pharmazeutisches Institut Uni Wuerzburg - Germany 
		Email phar006@rzbox.uni-wuerzburg.de (HP-UX)
      		      tom@wpzd07.pzlc.uni-wuerzburg.de (Linux)
		   or phar006@vax.rz.uni-wuerzburg.de ( VAX )

	I have read this group now for some time and saw this thread
	Linux-BSD coming often. Some answers to this question were good,
	but the FAQ was not updated.

	It is IMHO *not* very helpful to flame a newbie, that he/she 
	should read the FAQ, where there is no information, nor it is
	helpful to shout to him "Hey man read the previos posts - I 
	*hate* this thread!"

	What is missing here is an overview and a comparison of the free
	available Unixsystems. And this info should be in the FAQ !  I 
	will start here such a comparison.

	Q:  For whom should this be ?

	A:  For a (hopefully) new Unix-user, who wants to install one of
	the free Unixes.  He should be able to read this document, look 
	at his hardware, define his needs for a Unix-systems and then he 
	should be able to choose a system which meets his needs.

	Q:  Who am I and why should I be able to write such a doc ?

	A:  Good Question ! My name is Thomas Heiling, I am working at 
	the University of Wuerzburg in Germany as a doctorate.  My job 
	is to program an Ultraviolett/Vis-spectrum comparison program.  
	Furthermore I am the person, who maintains the Internet
	connections and computers of our Department.  I have running
	Linux and NetBSD 0.9, the main Server is a 486/33 + 16 MB which
	runs Linux. A 486/66 is for numerical work.  Then there are
	some clients mostly 386 with either 4 MB or 8 MB.  One 386 with
	NetBSD, but this is just for testing.

	So I would say I can speak for Linux, a little bit for NetBSD
	and I have no idea for FreeBSD beside the Installation Guide.
	(I have no access to the BSD386 1.0 CD, which was announced some
	time ago).

	* PLEASE PLEASE PLEASE *

	It would be very helpful, if someone of the Core-Team of NetBSD
	and/or FreeBSD have a look at this and fill the white spaces,
	which I left.  And if the FAQ-maintainer reads this, it would be
	nice, if he thinks this info should be in the FAQ.

	Hardware requirements :
	

	Linux:
	
	CPU: Anything that runs 386 protected mode programs (all models 
        of 386s and 486s should work; 286s don't work, and never will). 

	Architecture: ISA or EISA bus. MCA (mostly true blue PS/2's) 
        does not work. Local busses (VLB and PCI) work. 

        RAM: Theoretically up to 1 GB. This has not been tested. Some 
        people (including Linus) have noted that adding ram has slowed 
        down their machine extremely without adding more cache at the 
        same time, so if you add memory and find your machine slower, 
        try adding more cache. 

        Data storage: Generic AT drives (IDE, 16 bit HD controllers with 
        MFM or RLL) are supported, as are SCSI hard disks and CD-ROMs, 
        with a supported SCSI adaptor. Generic XT controllers (8 bit 
        controllers with MFM or RLL) are now also supported. Supported 
        SCSI adaptors: Adaptec 1542, 1522, and 1740 in extended (not 
        1542 compatible) mode, Seagate ST-01 and ST-02, Future Domain 
        TMC-88x series (or any board based on the TMC950 chip) and 
        TMC1660/1680, Ultrastor 14F, 24F and 34F, and Western Digital 
        wd7000. SCSI and QIC-02 tapes are also supported. Support for 
        QIC-80 tapes is now in ALPHA testing. Several CD-ROM devices are 
        also supported, including Matsushita/Panasonic, Mitsumi, Sony, 
        Soundblaster, Toshiba, and others. For exact models, check the 
        hardware compatability HOWTO. 

        Video: VGA, EGA, CGA, or Hercules (and compatibles) work in text 
        mode. For graphics and X, there is support for (at least) normal 
        VGA, some super-VGA cards (most of the cards based on ET3000, 
        ET4000, Paradise, and some Trident chipsets), S3 (except for 
        Diamond Stealth cards, because the manufacturer won't tell how 
        to program it), 8514/A, ATI MACH8, ATI MACH32, and hercules. 
        (Linux uses the Xfree86 X server, so that determines what cards 
        are supported.) 

        Networking: Western Digital 80x3, ne1000, ne2000, 3com503, 
        3com509, Allied Telliesis AT1500 (said to be some of the 
        fastest, as well as quite cheap), d-link pocket adaptors, SLIP, 
        CSLIP, PLIP (Parallel Link IP), and more I have forgotten at the 
        moment. 

        Other hardware: SoundBlaster, ProAudio Spectrum 16, Gravis 
        Ultrasound, AST Fourport cards (with 4 serial ports), several 
        models of Boca serial boards, the Usenet Serial Card II, several 
        flavours of bus mice (Microsoft, Logitech, PS/2). 

	*BSD:

        Architecture: ISA or EISA bus. MCA (mostly true blue PS/2's) 
        does not work. Local busses (VLB and PCI) are also supported.

	Standard hard disk controllers:
	MFM ESDI IDE RLL

	SCSI hard disk controllers:
	Adaptec 154x *, Adaptec 174x, Buslogic 545S, Bustek 742(EISA)
	DTC 3290 in 1542 emulation mode *, Ultrastor 14f and 34f, and
	the 24f experimentally.  The Soundblaster SCSI code is also
	being tested and should work eventually.
	


	Display Adaptors : MDA,CGA,VGA,HGC for textmode.
	For X the same as Linux.

	Serial Communications: 8250,16450,16550A, 
	4-port multi-serial cards require a kernel rebuild.

	Ethernet controllers:
	SMC/WD 8003, 8013 and equivalents ( including SMC Elite )
	Novell NE1000,NE2000,NE2100 
	3com 3c503
	ISOLAN ISOlink

	Tape Drives:
	QIC-02 format tape drives
	QIC-36 format tape drives
	QIC-80 format tape drives (in FreeBSD)
	most SCSI tape/DAT drives on a supported SCSI controller

	CD-ROM drives:
	Mitsumi CDROM with Mitsumi Controller
	Most SCSI CD-ROM drives on a supported SCSI controller


        Other hardware: SoundBlaster, ProAudio Spectrum 16, Gravis 
        Ultrasound, AST Fourport cards (with 4 serial ports), several 
        models of Boca serial boards, the Usenet Serial Card II, several 
        flavours of bus mice (Microsoft, Logitech, PS/2). Same as Linux,
	although some options may require a kernel rebuild.

	Harddisk Storage requirements :
	FreeBSD:
	Base System 	16 MB
	Full binary distribution			46 MB
	Full source " 					72 MB
	Kernel Source					7 MB
	Swap						8 MB

	They say, that the minimum is Base + Binary + Swap, and that
	this minimum is 80 MB.  For a complete system with binary and
	source you need at least 210 MB.  This does NOT include X or
	LaTeX.


Linux:
	This is difficult, because there are different distributions
	to choose from. Every distribution has a special goal.
	I will show two popular distributions :

	- Slackware and the MCC-Interim Distribution.
	    Slackware is intended for a full fledge system, which has
	    everything you want. You need about 150 MB for this.
	- MCC-Interim is intended for small systems. The main idea is
	    to give a ASCII-environment for programming courses.  For a 
	    full MCC install you need about 47 MB + 8 MB Swap, you can 
	    strip this down to 23 MB + 8 MB Swap, if you don't want 
	    emacs, no kernel source and no extras. 

	





	Some other features:

	virtual terminals/consoles:
	All of the -current versions of *BSD have virtualy consoles
	available.  Linux has virtual consoles as well.

	shared libraries:
	NetBSD, FreeBSD, and Linux have it. I recall a thread some time
	ago, which was something like "Linux shared Libs are no
	good - A pain for the developer."  For the user this should be 
	meaningless.  NetBSD and FreeBSD shared library implementations
	are both very easy to use both from the developer and user
	point of view.
	
	Networking:
	*BSD networking is more mature, but with Linux 1.0 it's getting
	closer.

	One Feature of Linux is the ability to make a filesystem on top
	of a DOS-FAT, so you don't  need to repartition your Disk. This
	Filesystem is of course not so fast as a native Filesystem, but
	for trial it should be O.K.

	Conclusion:
	It depends on you hardware and what you want to do with your
	system.  If your hardware is supported and if you have the
	resources and if you are on the net, I would vote for *BSD. If
	you just want some *iX experience and have low ressources,
	choose Linux.

	

	Here are some pro's and con's for both :

	*BSD:
	+ Full Source Code of all commands in a source tree, no need
	  to look all over the Internet for the source of a command.
	+ There is only one distribution, which is valid for some time.
	+ Networking is better.
	+ The system is standard BSD.
	- You need extra packages for XFree and for TeX.  They are not
	hard to find, and install into a standard location in the
	directory tree, but they are not included in the base
	distribution.

	Linux:
	+ Uses fewer resources
	+ Has more support for devices
	- Every distribution is a little bit different
	- Development is too fast without net access

	I include here some info from other posts, which should help
	the new user to show the differences:

	burgess@cynjut.infonet.net wrote:
	: NetBSD is the OS I use.  It is a BSD derived Operating System
	: that has a very stable operating envelope.  The networking code
	: has been stolen by commercial OS and network vendors the world
	: over.  NetBSD has the advantage of being meant for a wide
	: range of hardware platforms.  It is currently available for
	: something like 10 different CPUs, and has been laid out such
	: that new architectures can be added relatively painlessly.

	These arechitetures include several Sun Systems, many
	Motorolas, including the Amiga and Mac, and several other older
	mini- and microcomputer systems.

	:
	: FreeBSD is pretty much the same (go ahead a quibble over
	: details, I don't care anymore).  The biggest difference is that 
	: NetBSD is a horizontal system (across platforms) and FreeBSD is 
	: a vertical system (intended to stay on the Intel family).  Both 
	: are based on code from 386BSD, although neither really resembles 
	: it any more.
	:
	: Linux was developed by Linus Torvalds and has the advantage of 
	: being available in source code form first.  Other than that, I 
	: have heard that it is a good OS platform for standalone Unix 
	: workstations.  It had a lot of things that made its users rabid 
	: before the *BSD folks did, but the purists insist that *BSD is 
	: (choose two:  cleaner, safer, taller, wider, better, quieter, 
	: louder, greener).  I even heard a rumor that Linus had sold the 
	: source code license to Novell so that they could distribute an 
	: 'X' terminal package for use in their networks.

	From: hedrick@geneva.rutgers.edu (Charles Hedrick)

	There are four major differences:

	1) the 386BSD family started with BSD, and Linux started with 
	POSIX.  NetBSD/FreeBSD/386BSD have been adding POSIX and System
	V compatibility, and Linux has been adding Berkeley and System
	V compatibility.  So there's a good deal of overlap.  But ...BSD 
	is still a better choice if you want to program in a Berkeley 
	environment and Linux if you want a POSIX environment.

	That's for the kernel and libc -- the utilities and other stuff  
	users see tends to be fairly similar.  In both cases the
	programs are what I call "typical University Unix".  The main 
	difference is that the base Unix utilities tend to be Berkeley 
	for ...BSD and Gnu for Linux.  Gnu is fairly
	Berkeley-compatible, but its priority is POSIX, so it tends to
	look slightly closer to System V, with massive Berkeley
	extension.  There are several sets of administrative utilities,
	but it's more likely that init, getty, etc., are going to be
	System V style for Linux and BSD for ...BSD.  

	Again, these things aren't as significant as they might be
	because ...BSD is also concerned about POSIX compatibility and
	Gnu is concerned about BSD compatibility.  So both sets of
	software are approaching a similar sort of goal from opposite 
	directions.  You could probably use the systems for quite a
	while without noticing much difference.  (I'd like to emphasize
	that there's no similarity in overall feel between Linux and
	typical brain-dead PC System V ports.)

	The ...BSD FAQ characterizes the difference as one of East
	Coast vs. West Coast.  There's a lot to be said for that
	summary.  There's more difference in Unix culture between New
	Jersey and California than between New Jersey and Finland.

	2) The nature of the development communities and distribution 
	mechanisms are different.  ...BSD has two or three different 
	developer communities that take code from each other, but
	appear to hate each other's guts.  (Actually, even ...BSD and
	Linux take code from each other.)  Thus there are several
	different ...BSD's, each of which has an official distribution.  
	There's just one Linux kernel, and from a practical point of
	view just one set of major utilities, but there's no official 
	distribution.  So several different groups put together 
	distributions, with their own choice of kernel and utility 
	versions.  This means that it's easier to define what the One
	True Linux is than what the One True BSD is, but harder to get
	it. Once you've decided which BSD is the right one, it's easier
	to find an authoritative distribution of it.  Development of
	Linux tends to be more distributed.  Lots of people are working
	on lots of projects: new drivers for this and that, new
	versions of this utility and that.  If you want to keep up with
	NetBSD, you can sup netBSD-current from one or two places.  If
	you want to keep up with Linux, you end up taking pieces from
	lots of people (though they generally end up on one of two
	archive machines -- tsx-11.mit.edu or sunsite.unc.edu).  If you
	don't want to do this, of course the packaged distributions do
	it for you.

	3) The BSD networking is more mature than the Linux networking.  
	This is one area in which I don't think Linux has any 
	countervailing advantages, though in my opinion by release 1.0
	Linux networking will be acceptable.

	4) There are specific things in each system that are likely to
	be deciding factors for some people.  I don't know what unique
	things BSD has, because I'm not part of that community, but for
	some people the COFF and ELF compatiblity projects may be big
	selling points.  Both ...BSD and Linux are working towards
	having these executable formats available.  In addition,
	Windows executable emulation may also be important to some
	people.  This is probably more useful, and it's being done
	jointly by developers from both BSD and Linux cooperatively. 
	(Neither of these things is finished, by the way.)  It's
	not clear to me whether the existing Linux DOS compatibility is
	a critical advantage.  BSD doesn't have it, but my experience is
	that the Linux DOS emulator is slow enough and creaky enough
	that it's not generally usable.  However it certainly does work
	for many programs, and if one of those programs is critical to
	you, it may be a big deal.  Differences in support of devices
	are not likely to persist for long.  There's a history of
	taking device drivers in both directions, so if there's enough 
	interest in a device, and one side implements it, you can bet
	it will show up on the other side.  Linux uses DOS partitions 
	(including extended partitions).  BSD creates its own
	partitions inside a single DOS partition.  This is a
	difference, but it's unclear whether it's a critical one.
	Linux and ...BSD can all mount DOS filesystems and Linux can
	mount OS/2 file systems (OS/2 is read-only).

	For a lot of people, the best suggestion is to find out what
	your friends are doing.  If there's a significant user
	community near you of either kind, you're probably best off to
	go with it.  If not, flip a coin (or look at a map and see
	whether you're nearer Berkeley or Finland -- note that in this 
	comparison portions of the distance that are over an ocean
	don't count).

	
	



0.2.2	I want to start up a thread about why *BSD is or isn't as good 
	as some other operating system.  Can anyone suggest a good reason
	why I shouldn't?

	Jordan Hubbard, one of the FreeBSD core team members, has
	offered this missive on that very subject:

	[ Note:  You could very well simply substitute the word
	"NetBSD" for Linux in the argument that follows ]

	From time to time, a thread in both the comp.os.386bsd.misc and 
	comp.os.linux.misc groups flares up regarding which operating
	system is "better", FreeBSD or Linux.  This generally provokes 
	controversy from users on both sides, with one group claiming
	that their OS is "better" for some reason and the other group
	claiming that the first group doesn't know what the heck it's
	talking about.

	Both arguments are a waste of time.

	Rather than trying to win a rather questionable debate on
	relative (and constantly changing) technical merits, we should
	be asking ourselves what both groups are REALLY about and what
	they represent.  This is naturally going to be a matter of
	personal opinion, but I believe even the most seriously at-odds
	members would agree that both operating systems represent a
	unique and long-awaited opportunity: The ability to run a fully 
	featured operating system on popular, easily affordable
	hardware and for which all source code is freely available.
	Those who have been in computing for awhile will remember when
	the term `operating system' referred almost exclusively to
	something provided solely by the hardware vendor, with very
	little in the way of alternative options.  It was never EVER
	given out with source code, and true "wizard" status could only
	be achieved by exerting mind-numbing amounts of effort and
	patience in digging through forbidden bits of binary data.  By 
	comparison, the situation today seems almost too good to be
	true!  Certainly, the feeling of achievement that came from
	finally ferreting out some esoteric bit of information from a
	4MB printed system dump was high, but I don't think that anyone
	would argue that it was hardly the most optimal way of truly
	getting to know your operating system! :-)

	So now, within a very short space of time, we're almost spoiled
	for choice in having machines several times more powerful than
	the first multi-user VAX machines and available for under
	$2000, and we've got not one but SEVERAL perfectly reasonable
	free operating systems to chose from.  We are in a comparative 
	paradise, and what are some of us doing?  *Complaining* about 
	it!  I suppose too much is never enough, eh? :-)

	So, my essential point is simply this:  For the first time ever
	we have what previous computing generations could only dream
	about; powerful computers at a reasonable prices and a
	wonderful selection of things to run on them.  Be happy, read
	the source code you're so privileged to now have available
	(*believe* me!  What I wouldn't have given, even 5 years ago!)
	and spend your energy in making constructive use of it, not in 
	arguing with the guys on the other side of the fence!

	Additionally, it should be said that none of the FreeBSD team
	has anything but the highest degree of respect for Linus
	Torvalds and his "team" of dedicated volunteers (and we
	occasionaly exchange gripe mail about the huge volume of
	messages each of us gets as a direct result of being insane
	enough to volunteer to do something like this :-).  Our common 
	commitment to the Intel platform also gives us more common
	ground (and interests) than one might think and, if anything,
	it's a pity that we do not endeavor to share more code and
	effort - ideologically, at least, I'd say we share pretty
	similar goals.

	As to which is "best", I have only one standard reply: Try them
	both, see for yourself, think for yourself.  Both groups have
	given you something for free, at considerable personal effort,
	and the least you can do is give them the benefit of exerting
	enough effort to try what they're offering out before passing 
	judgment (or worse, blindly accepting someone else's!).

	Whichever you run, you're getting a great deal - enjoy!

				Jordan Hubbard


0.2.3	Are all of the Berkeley derived systems binary compatible?  If
	not, what are the differences?  

	(Ed Note.  This section is probably wrong, even if it was right 
	when I looked at it last.  There is a LOT of work going on, 
	including SysV ELF support and other cool stuff.)

	NetBSD/386 runs 386BSD, FreeBSD, NetBSD/386 0.8, and most 
	BSDI executables.  However, due to upgrading to the latest 
	version of the UCB DB library, programs which use said 
	library cannot be mixed old and new; e.g. an old `ls' cannot 
	read the pwd.db file created with a new `pwd_mkdb', and vice 
	versa. 

	FreeBSD runs 386BSD, NetBSD/386 0.8, and most BSDi executables.
	You can replace the remainder of the paragraph above here too.

	The FreeBSD and NetBSD shared libraries are different, so
	programs that are intended to be shared in binary form across
	the two platforms need to be compiled as 'static'
	implementations.  This is not actually a guarantee that they
	will work across platforms, but this is the first hurdle that
	needs to be jumped in order to have the programs run.

	Also, due to better (read: properly) enforced address space
	protections, some incorrectly written programs which seemed to 
	work under 386BSD or NetBSD/386 0.8 will core dump under 
	NetBSD/386 0.9, even when recompiled.

	The default executable format produced by the NetBSD 0.9 `ld' i
	is not downward compatible with FreeBSD or 386BSD.  It is 
	essentially the same as BSDI's QMAGIC format and Sun's normal 
	format--with no padding between the exec header and the first 
	page of text, and with the first page of the address space 
	always unmapped when loaded--except that the magic numbers are 
	in the conventional `magic + machine id' format, and are in 
	network (big-endian) order.


0.3	How to add your pet answer to the FAQ.

	This is the trickiest part of this section of the FAQ.  There are 
	only two criteria for getting an entry made into the FAQ:

	1.  Your answer should answer a question that seems to come up
	    with some regularity, or at least perplexes a group of
	    people from time to time.

	2.  Your answer should be technically correct.  In other words,
	    answers like 'RTFM' and 'everybody knows that' are not really
	    good candidates for the FAQ.  These answers should spell out,
	    in a reasonable level of detail, precisely how to fix the
	    the question asked, or explain the basis for the answer and
	    leave the implementation of the answer to the questioner.

	All answers MUST include a question.  This is not as obvious as 
	it would seem at first glance.  An answer could solve many 
	problems, especially in the realms of system halts or other 
	catastrophes. 

	Since I (Dave) am no Unix guru, I rely HEAVILY on the input of 
	other people to make the FAQ a success.  Many questions in the 
	FAQ have been made largely irrelevant through the patchkits, but 
	that doesn't means they may not reappear.  That is why the old 
	FAQ questions are still here.

	New FAQ questions should be added.  I will try to attribute the 
	question/answer to the author, but I personally think this is a 
	waste of good disk space.  As long as the answers get out, that 
	should be reward enough :-)


0.4	Administrivia.

	Send all question/answer pairs to burgess@cynjut.infonet.net.  
	If you are going to post the Q/A to the net, then do that, but 
	be sure to mark it as a FAQ entry.  I will get it from the net 
	as easily as I do my E-Mail.  Your Q/A will be formatted to 
	look more or less like the others and be added.  Corrections, 
	deletions, flames, snivels, and whines should be addressed 
	directly to me here.  Either way, I will be sure to send out a 
	reply letting you know what I have done with your submission.

	One last thing.  I will assume that I am infalible. :-)  I will 
	not notice any mistakes that you may find.  If you find a 
	mistake and don't tell me, it will very likely stay a mistake.
	After all, if I didn't notice it before, why should I notice
	it now?


-- 
TSgt Dave Burgess           | Dave Burgess
NCOIC, USSTRATCOM/J6844     | *BSD FAQ Maintainer
Offutt AFB, NE              | Burgess@cynjut.infonet.net or ...@s069.infonet...
                               

From: burgess@cynjut.infonet.net (Dave Burgess)
Newsgroups: comp.os.386bsd.announce,comp.answers,news.answers
Subject: [comp.os.386bsd] BNR/2 derived BSD for PCs FAQ (Part 2 of 10)
Date: 13 Aug 1994 19:00:47 -0500
Organization: Dave's House in Omaha
Message-ID: <386bsd-faq-2-776822434@cynjut.infonet.net>

Posted-By: auto-faq 3.1.1.2
Archive-name: 386bsd-faq/part2

Section 1. (General Network Information)
General information

	This section of the FAQ is about the electronic support network 
	that exists for 386bsd and its off-spring.  

1.0	What is 386BSD? (Taken from the original INSTALL.NOTES by the 
	Jolitz's, specifically Lynne)

	Welcome to 386BSD Release 0.1, the second edition of the 386BSD 
	operating system created by William and Lynne Jolitz.  Like its 
	predecessor, 386BSD Release 0.0, Release 0.1 comprises an entire 
	and complete UNIX-like operating system for the 80386/80486-based 
	AT Personal Computer.

	386BSD Release 0.1 is an enhanced version of the original release 
	done by William F. Jolitz, the developer of 386BSD.  386BSD 
	Release 0.0 was based on the Networking Software, Release 2 from 
	the University of California at Berkeley EECS Department, and 
	included much of the 386BSD work done earlier by Bill and 
	contributed by us to the University. The latest release, 386BSD 
	Release 0.1, contains new work by the developer and many new items 
	which have been freely contributed by other software developers 
	for incorporation into 386BSD (see the file CONTRIB.LIST).  These 
	contributions have increased the functionality and made it more 
	robust.  As a courtesy to the developer and the many people who 
	have generously contributed these software enhancements, we request 
	that users abide by and properly maintain all attributions, 
	copyrights, and copylefts contained within this release.

 	386BSD is intended to foster new research and development in 
 	operating systems and networking technology by providing this base 
 	technology in a broadly accessible manner.  As such, like its 
 	predecessor, 386BSD Release 0.1 is freely redistributable and 
 	modifiable.
 
1.0.1	What are these other Free BSD systems?

	For reasons best left to private E-Mail, there have been two 
	different 'product lines' that have been established for 
	development of BSD systems.  They are NetBSD and FreeBSD.  Both,
	individually, have virtually deprecated the original 386bsd.
	The "raison d'etre" for each is different and each has a different
	set of goals.  The purpose for FreeBSD is to develop a stable 
	working environment for [3-9]86 systems.  The emphasis has been 
	on upgrading utility programs and incorporating changes that make
	the system more stable.

	NetBSD, on the other hand, is a development effort whose main 
	thrust is on mulitple platform support and staying more current
	with BSD 4.4.  In other words, NetBSD is more 'horizontal' and
	FreeBSD is more 'vertical'. 

	Both systems are excellent choices for the casual user or people
	who are interested in studying the internals of an operating 
	system.  While the products are nearly commercial quality, they 
	are both maintained by volunteers.


1.0.2	I just downloaded all of 386bsd version 0.1 and I can't get
	[some feature] to work?  Do you have any suggestions?

	Yes.  Get either FreeBSD or NetBSD.

	The original 386BSD software was kind of buggy when it was put 
	up for anonymous FTP in 1992.  It has been modified significantly
	since then, and now exists in two different forms.  There are people
	who will argue that the original 386BSD was completely unusable,
	but that is generally an overstatement.  

	Over 100 patches were applied to the original system, with hundreds
	more waiting in the wings.  It became just too much trouble to
	constantly have to patch the system to get it to work.  This
	'patched' version of 386bsd became FreeBSD.  Around the same
	time, a second group split off from the original 386bsd tree
	and became NetBSD.  For the primary differences, see above.

	Getting one of these two systems will provide you with a more 
	complete system, with newer utilities, and many bugs already 
	fixed.


1.1	Feature summary

	Among the many features of these systems:

	*    Floppy disk based Installation

	*    Hard drive partitioning for use with MS-DOS partitions

	*    Compressed, multivolume CPIO dump format binary/source/other 
	     distribution sets on MS-DOS floppies.  The cpio is based
	     on the GNU cpio, and is completely free of encumbering USL
	     software.
	
	*    387 support or emulation.

	*    SCSI support.

	*    (SCSI and most Mitsumi) CD-ROM support.

	*    NFS, TCP/IP and full networking.

	*    MS-DOS file system access (in newer *BSD systems).

	*    PPP and SLIP protocol support.

	*    System upgrades through Carnegie Mellon University's 'sup'
	     utility.

	*    Shared Library Support (in the newer version of both
	     NetBSD and FreeBSD.

	*    Both systems are based exclusively on Berkeley's BSD 4.4
	     Lite tape, instead of the encumbered 4.3 Net2 tape.
	     Hence, both systems are free of USL code and are freely
	     redistributable.


1.2	The future of 386BSD.

	{ This section is included for historical purposes only.  Most 
	of the information in here is either wildly out of date or just
	plain wrong.  For example, the FreeBSD statements in here imply
	that it is nothing more than 386bsd in a new coat of paint.
	Nothing could be further from the truth.  I decided to include 
	it mostly to show how far we have come... dbb }

	Forecasting the future is always a tricky business.  There is work 
	underway to implement version 0.2 of 386bsd.  In addition, many 
	people are involved in a project to put together a 386bsd version 
	(FreeBSD) which will be a complete distribution set including all 
	relevant patches and updates to new versions of many of the 
	software packages that are currently available.  It is available 
	by anonymous FTP from FreeBSD.cdrom.com

	In addition, NetBSD (a direct descendent of 386bsd) is available 
	for anonymous FTP from sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu.  The purposes of 
	these two apparent competitors appear to be at odds, but in 
	fact are very similar.  NetBSD has taken a 'stable, production
	quality, free OS' as one of its primary goals, where 386bsd 
	pursues the high ideal of the ultimate OS research platform.
	There is considerable cross pollination of the two.  The frequent
	debates on style and concept that appear in comp.os.386bsd.*
	are testimony to that point.  NetBSD and FreeBSD are still both
	very viable operating system alternatives, with differing goals.

	To see the Future of 386bsd as seen by Bill and Lynne Jolitz, I 
	suggest you read the INSTALL.NOTES that come with 386bsd.


1.3	386BSD software projects in progress

	The list of software projects in progress is just too volatile 
	to go into a static document like the FAQ.  Suffice it to say,
	if there is something you want to do using 386bsd; ask first to
	see what has been done.

	Folks that are interested in software projects for NetBSD 
	should contact netbsd-comments@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu and
	let that mailing list know the same information.

	Folks interested in software projects for FreeBSD should contact
	the freebsd-hackers@freefall.cdrom.com mailing list and talk to
	them. 
 

1.3.1	Contacting software authors

	Whenever you are working on a port of a software package, it is 
	always a good idea to contact the original author and offer 
	whatever changes you needed to make in order to port the software.  
	That way, subsequent releases of the package may include changes 
	that allow all users of 386bsd the advantage of reusing your work 
	over and over.

	Also, once you have ported a package to *BSD, you might want to
	contact the respective *BSD teams to let them know you've completed
	it and where it may be located.

	For FreeBSD, contact:

		<freebsd-hackers@freefall.cdrom.com>

	For NetBSD, contact:

		<netbsd-comments@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu.>

	If the port was a simple recompile of the source and install, a 
	note to one of the newsgroups telling the story could be considered 
	appropriate as well.  

	In keeping with that, if you find a 'bug' in 386bsd, or NetBSD, 
	or FreeBSD, or find a problem that causes you some headaches and 
	find a solution, you should contact the author of the particular 
	driver/module/program and let them know.  In addition, you could 
	also post the problem and/or fix to "comp.os.386bsd.bugs".

	Both NetBSD and FreeBSD have implemented 'bugfiler', so if you
	are connected to the net, you can use that to send out your
	bug.  See the documentation that comes with your system to find
	out more.


1.4	Minimum hardware configuration recommended

	There has been considerable debate about what the REAL minimum 
	configuration for 386bsd is.  Some would claim that it is the 
	smallest computer that an installation will succeed on.  Others 
	claim that it is the smallest usable computer (based on RAM and 
	speed constraints) and others would claim that it should be 
	based on using 'X'-windows.
 
	For specific hardware, see Section 8 (still in development).

	The smallest installable platform is an 80386, using an MGA card, 
	with at least 2Meg of RAM and a 20 Megabyte hard disk.  While not 
	all SCSI cards (especially EISA) are supported, a great many are 
	either in the base distribution or through patches.  Thanks to
	the new shared library code in FreeBSD and NetBSD, a 20Meg 
	installation should be easier now (in spite of the more advanced
	functionality) than it ever was before.

	A comfortable installation which includes source and binary 
	distributions, as well as other utilities will work in about 
	100Meg of hard drive.  

	'X' requires at least a Hercules MGA; for masochists only, from 
	what I understand.

	See section 8 for more details.


1.5	Where to get the source and binaries
1.5.1	Forms available (floppy, FTP, CD-ROM)

	386bsd is available in just about every format known to man, with 
	the possible exception of stone tablets and papyrus.


1.5.1.1 Where can I get the distribution on floppy or tape?

	Many people will copy files onto diskettes or tapes if you 
	coordinate it with them ahead of time.  In addition, many 
	companies offer 386bsd on various types of media for money.  
	Austin Code Works and others (usually advertisers in PC 
	magazines) offer the base 0.1 "official" distribution for a fee.
	  
	Note that there are virtually no restrictions on distributing 
	the 386bsd distributions.  Basically, wherever you can find it, 
	you can get it.  This goes for FreeBSD and NetBSD as well.


1.5.1.2 Where can I get the distribution via FTP?

	If you are looking for the original 386bsd version 0.1, the 
	files you should look for specifically when using FTP are 
	directories called srcdist, bindist, and etcdist.  These 
	directories will hold the files for each of the distributions.  
	Once you have received the files via FTP, you can either load 
	them directly onto your system and then un archive them using 
	'extract' or one of the other methods suggested in Section 2 of 
	the FAQ, in the section about installing with 'real partitioning'.
	
	The list of sites that have 386BSD is covered in section 1.8 below.  
	This list is produced automatically by using a utility called 
	'archie' and is updated for every new version of the FAQ.  If you 
	try to access a site from this list and find that they either 
	don't have FTP enabled, or don't have 386bsd loaded any more, 
	a polite letter to the admin of the system asking them to 
	update their 'archie' entries is good manners.
	
	
1.5.1.3 Where can I get the distribution on CD ROM?
	
	Infomagic sells a UNIX CD-ROM that has 386BSD.  Their FAX number 
	is 609-683-5502.

	Profit Press has 386BSD dated 7/21/92 on their "Mega Win OS/2" 
	CD-ROM.  This is in the format of BINDIST, ETCDIST, SRCDIST and 
	BOOTABLE.

		Profit Press
		2956 N. Campbell Ave
		Tucson, Arizona 85719
		(602) 577-9696
		Their order line is 1-800-843-7990

	Look for their advertisements in the back pages of Computer 
	Shopper.  The Mega series is $29.00 each or $69.00 for all three 
	plus a fourth "Demo Disk".  

	In all likelihood, the version 386bsd that is available on CD-ROM 
	will be the 0.1 version, without any patches.  Keep this in mind 
	when ordering, since the first thing most people want to do is 
	bring the system up to the current patch level.  If you do not want
	the original 0.1 version, be sure to ask where the distribution
	came from and which version of *BSD it is. 	
 
	For our European users, I have included these notes from Julian 
	Stacey (stacey@guug.de) and Christian Seyb (cs@gold.muc.de) 
	concerning locations and methods for getting 386bsd in Europe on 
	both CD-ROM and floppies.
	
	----------------------------------------------------------------------
	The following CDROM is available for DM 98,-- (app. $60) and contains 
	the following software:

	- Linux SLS V1.03, Kernel 0.99.11 and utilities for Linux
	- 386BSD version 0.1 including patch-kit 0.2.4
	- NetBSD version 0.8
	- Utilities for 386BSD and NetBSD
	- The Berkely Second Networking Distribution
	- GNU software (gcc 2.4.5, emacs 19.17, gmake 3.68, etc)
	- X11R5 up to patch 25 and lots of Contributed Software
	- TeX version 3.14
	- The Internet RFCs up to RFC1493
	- News, mail and mailbox software and many utilities for Unix


	To: CDROM Versand
	    Helga Seyb
	    Fuchsweg 86
	                                          Tel: +49-8106-302210
	    85598 Baldham                         Fax: +49-8106-302310
	    Germany                           Bbs/Fax: +49-8106-34593

	(Ed. Note:  This appears to be an advertisement, but the price is right
	and appears to be reasonable.  Christian and Helga may have the same
	last name by coincidence :-)  If you want more ordering information, 
	please feel free to give Helga a call.)
	--------------------------------------------------------------------------

	In Munich Germany:
	Buy the monthly "c't magazin fuer computer technik" (Price 8.5 DM) 
	(~1.7 = $1) & look in back pages, I saw:

	Mail Order:
		JF Lehmanns Buchhandlung, fuer EDV, 
		Zuelpicher Str 182, D-50937 Koeln, Germany
		Free catalogue for X, Linux, 386bsd, 1.
		Confusing advert seems to offer X11R5 + GNU + 386BSD 
		on CD Rom "InfoMagic Vol2 No2" for Price: 149 DM.
		Tel. 0130 4372 (always busy, claims to be free, 
			so don't know if +49 130 4372 viable)
		Fax: +49 221 415995
		Shops in Berlin, Koeln, Regensburg, Ulm.
		
	(Editorial Notes:  DM149 is about $75-$90 US (or a little more) 
	and 0130 numbers are Toll Free in Germany only.)

	Mail Order:
		Computer Solutions Software GmbH
		Postfach 1180, D-85561 Grafing (Muenchen), Germany
		Tel +49 8092 5018
		Fax +49 8092 31727
		23 * 3.5" 1.4M flops @ Price: DM199
		Order No:/Best Nr: 5099
		Shop: 
			Columbus Datentechnik,
			Theresienstr 63, D-80333 Muenchen, Germany
			Tel +49 89 5232021

	Lynne wrote a short follow-up, letting us know that these 
	companies do not send them any money.

	This announcement in from Jordan Hubbard:

	On the morning of 30 December, 1993, and after many many delays, 
	the first official release of FreeBSD 1.0 began shipping on CDROM.

	This CD is being sold through Walnut Creek CDROM, our ongoing 
	sponsors in the FreeBSD project, and without whom we would have had 
	a substantially more difficult (if not impossible) time producing it.


	While I will _always_ encourage obtaining FreeBSD through "free" 
	channels (the Internet, friends, suspicious individuals in dark 
	alleys), and given that none of us will make any money from CD 
	sales, or ever have from FreeBSD in general given that WC's 
	sponsorship is confined to the loan of centralized development 
	hardware and network access, I still hope that some of you will 
	find the CD distribution medium convenient enough to order a 
	FreeBSD CD from Walnut Creek, thus indirectly supporting our 
	future development work.

	If this marriage between commercial and free software interests 
	proves to be mututally beneficial (which still remains to be seen, 
	from Walnut Creek's point of view), it is my hope that it may serve 
	as a model for similar future endeavors.  It is an unfortunate fact 
	that developing free software at this scale costs money, even with 
	the developers donating their time and efforts, and financing some 
	of it through the sale of convenient distribution media is one of 
	the least venal ways I know of going about it.

	This CD contains a full FreeBSD 1.0.2 source & binary release, the
	sources and binaries for XFree86 2.0, and numerous sources from the
	FreeBSD "ports collection".  Where space permitted, sources were
	provided in both "packed" and "unpacked" forms for easy access both 
	as an on-line resource and as a source for compressed downloads in BBS
	or release-construction situations.  The CD is fully ISO9660 compatable
	and has been mastered using RockRidge extensions for long filenames on
	systems that support it (like FreeBSD! :-).

	It is, of course, possible to install the system off the CD from 
	scratch, given some basic willingness to read a little documentation 
	and a few blank floppy disks.  [ Ed Note.  You would be surprised the
	number of people that do not see this paragraph...DBB]

	For the sake of convenience, I append the ordering information 
	distilled from FreeBSD's /usr/src/RELNOTES.FreeBSD below.

	Ordering information:

        Walnut Creek CDROM
        4041 Pike Lane, Suite D
        Concord CA  94520
        1-800-786-9907, +1-510-674-0783, +1-510-674-0821 (fax)

	Or via the internet from orders@cdrom.com.  A current catalog can
	be obtained via ftp from ftp.cdrom.com:/cdrom/catalog.

	Cost is $39.95.  Shipping (per order, not per disc if ordering 
	multiple disks) is $5 in the US, Canada, or Mexico and $10.00 
	overseas.  They accept Visa, Mastercard, American Express, and 
	ship COD within the United States.  California residents please 
	add 8.25% sales tax.


	roman@public.btr.com (Roman Yanovsky  roman@btr.com) sent in this
	note.  I have editted it down some, but left in the bulk of the
	stuff in case you need more information:

	Subject: Linux Slackware and FreeBSD CD-ROM with X-windows etc.

	Trans-Ameritech presents "The best Linux plus FreeBSD CDROM ever"

	Great news for the Linux community! SLACKWARE - the critically 
	acclaimed best Linux distribution - is now available on a CDROM 
	from a company known for fastest delivery and best customer 
	service. The new release is a result of a combined effort by 
	Patrick Volkerding (creator of the Slackware distribution) and 
	Trans-Ameritech and is based on Slackware 1.1.1

	In addition to the binary and compressed source distributions, 
	the CDROM contains an uncompressed file-system that can be 
	directly mounted and used.  This file-system has many man-pages, 
	info files, games, applications etc.

	This release combines the best features of all existing CDROM 
	releases of the Linux operating system:

	* The installation is highly automated by the Slackware scripts 
	fine tuned to this CDROM but leaves a lot of room for customization. 
	This is the "official" Slackware CDROM.  The great advantage of 
	Slackware is the ease of installing/deleting individual packages 
	and sets. Install only what you really need!  

	[ more Linux deleted ]

	* For hacker's reference an uncompressed FreeBSD source tree is 
	provided.

	* On the BSD side there is a full source and binary distribution 
	of the "final" FreeBSD 1.0

	* If you have questions or problems Trans-Ameritech provides free
	support via e-mail within 24 hours.

	* We ship the same day as we get the order.

	The new CDROM is available for $30 plus shipping/handling. If you 
	are a current customer, it is only $20.  New releases will be 
	available every 3 month. Subscription is available.

		Trans-Ameritech Enterprises, Inc.
		2342A Walsh Ave.
		Santa Clara, CA 95051

		Tel. 408/727-3883
		FAX: 408/727-3882

	This information is offered with no warranties, guarantees, 
	franchise offers, or recommendations.
	        
1.6	Electronic Information Groups for 386BSD

1.6.1	Usenet newsgroups

	General BSD questions can be posted to comp.1.bsd.  Bear 
	in mind, however; that your questions to this group should 
	really be about BSD in general, not a specific implementation 
	detail of *BSD.

	Listed below are the Usenet newsgroups that were developed to 
	support 386bsd and its descendents.  This means that you should
	ask your questions in one of these newsgroups or on one of the
	many mailing lists that are available for specific features of
	said systems.

	comp.os.386bsd.announce (Moderated)
	    Announcements relating to the 386bsd operating system.
	    Posts should be mailed to "386bsd-announce@agate.berkeley.edu".
	    This is also the place that improtant news about the past
	    and future of 386bsd, FreeBSD, and NetBSD will be placed.
	    
	comp.os.386bsd.apps
	    Applications which run under 386bsd.  Not all sites will 
	    carry comp.os.386bsd.apps, since it kind of 'showed up'.
	    
	comp.os.386bsd.bugs
	    Bugs and fixes for the 386bsd OS and its clients.
	    
	comp.os.386bsd.development
	    Working on 386bsd internals.
	    
	comp.os.386bsd.misc 
	    General aspects of 386bsd not covered by other groups.
	    
	comp.os.386bsd.questions
	    General questions about 386bsd.


1.6.2	Newsgroup archives.
	
	These sites maintain a historical record of the traffic in the Usenet
	Newsgroups indicated.  There are others, but I haven't gotten their
	names yet.

Host Name            IP address     Location        Newsgroups archived
-------------------- -------------- --------------  ---------------- 
minnie.cs.adfa.oz.au 131.236.20.70  Australia       comp.1.bsd
src.doc.ic.ac.uk     146.169.2.1    London, UK      comp.os.386bsd.*


1.6.3	386bsd Derived mailing lists.

	There are at least two mailing lists for 386bsd.  Both are for 
	discussions of the patchkit and patches.  Last I heard, neither
	of them is particularly active any more.  They are:

	386bsd_patchkit@cs.montana.edu: 
		This list is primarily for discussion of the patchkit and other
		patch procedure discussions.
	patches@cs.montana.edu: 
		This list is for patch submissions.

	NOTE: The patchkit is discussed in detail in Section 2 of the FAQ.
	Also, the patchkit has been effectively deprecated.  Sending to 
	these lists may or may not get you the kind of info you are looking
	for.

	In addition to the pure 386bsd lists mentioned above, there are 
	mailing lists available for FreeBSD and NetBSD.  Information about 
	the NetBSD lists and how to use majordomo (the list handler) is 
	available by mailing to majordomo@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu.

	There are three mailing lists for FreeBSD and they are:

	FreeBSD-hackers: for hackers
	FreeBSD-questions: misc questions
	FreeBSD-bugs: bug reports

	Send to FreeBSD-hackers-request@freefall.cdrom.com to be added 
	to the hackers list, and *-questions-request@freefall... to be 
	added to the questions list.


1.6.4	Other electronic resources.

	There are many bulletin boards throughout the world that have 
	386bsd software and information available.   Also, there are 
	CompuServe and other on-line services that have 386bsd 
	discussions.  It is even rumored that Bill and Lynne have been
	active on Compuserve talking about 386BSD Version 1.0 (or 0.2, 
	or whatever it is going to be).
	
	    
1.6.5	System Updates.

	There are at least two different ways of getting the updates
	for the current source tree for both FreeBSD and NetBSD.  The
	first is the traditional FTP method, and the other is using a 
	utility called 'sup'.  This program keeps a log of the source 
	modules that have been updated and sends out only those files 
	that have been changed.  Included below are some instructions 
	from John Brezak <brezak@apollo.hp.com> on how to run sup for 
	NetBSD.  The sup procedures for FreeBSD are similar and are 
	available via ftp from freefall.cdrom.com in the ~/ftp/pub/sup 
	directory.  This directory contains the sup program, a man
	page, a sample sup-file and full instructions for maintaining 
	your sources via 'sup.


	Instructions for installing NetBSD sources and releases using SUP
	-----------------------------------------------------------------
					1.3 1993/11/3

	SUP is a network installation package written by CMU used to
	distribute software. For more details on SUP refer to the man
	pages. 

	Sup works by reading a configuration file (supfile) and using
	this information to determine what "collections" of files will
	be loaded from the collection repository.  Here is an example
	of a supfile to load the NetBSD current release.

	[ Notes: lines have been broken for readability; do NOT use '\' 
	in supfiles and the information here is an EXAMPLE.  This ain't 
	a cooking school, folks ]

	src release=current host=sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu hostbase=/b/anon_ftp 	    base=/usr prefix=/usr backup

	ksrc release=current host=sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu hostbase=/b/anon_ftp 	    base=/usr prefix=/usr backup

	security release=current host=sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu 	    hostbase=/b/anon_ftp base=/usr prefix=/usr backup

	gamessrc release=current host=sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu 	    hostbase=/b/anon_ftp base=/usr prefix=/usr backup

	regress release=current host=sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu 	    hostbase=/b/anon_ftp base=/usr prefix=/usr backup

	#othersrc release=current host=sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu 	    hostbase=/b/anon_ftp base=/usr prefix=/usr backup


	This supfile will load the "current" collections for "src",
	"ksrc", "security", "gamessrc", and "regress" in the /usr
	directory on the local machine.  The "othersrc" collection will
	not be loaded because it is commented out.

	The supfile line is made up of keywords that describe the 
	collection's location on the sup server and where and how it
	will be loaded on the local host.

		release - the release of the collection to load.
        	host	- the 'host' where the SUP repository resides.
			NetBSD uses sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu .
        	hostbase- the pathname on the host to the base of the 
        		collection.  The hostbase for NetBSD is "/b/anon_ftp".
		base	- where you want to install it locally.
		prefix	- used to locate the "sup" directory to write sup's
			info about updates. Usually the same as base.

	This supfile can also set some options. The "old" option tells sup
	to check all files for changes, not just those that are newer than 
	the last sup update. Normally sup will overwrite local files with the
	changed file from the repository. If the sup collection specifies 
	that an existing file should be renamed to a backup, the "backup" 
	option in the supfile activates this. The "delete" option tells 
	sup to delete any files locally that are no longer in the 
	collection - be careful with this one.  The "keep" option will 
	cause sup to NOT update files that have been changes locally. 
	The "compress" option will use gzip to compress the files before 
	transfer and gunzip them on the receiving end. This option can be 
	used to cut down on the number of transmitted bytes.

	You may want to set 'base' and 'prefix' to something other than /usr
	if you want to preserve your existing src tree.

	The sup repository on sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu currently offers these
	collections.
       	 
		src, ksrc, security
			The sources for NetBSD

		othersrc
			The current sources for contributed parts of
			NetBSD.  This contains the sources for sup.

		regress
			The current sources for the NetBSD regression test 
			suite.

	If you only want the kernel sources for a specific port there are
	some sub packages that you can use instead of the "ksrc" one. If
	you are using the sub packages, be sure to also sup the
	"ksrc-common" package.

        	ksrc-common
                	Kernel sources common to all ports.

        	ksrc-1, ksrc-sparc, ksrc-hp300, ksrc-amiga, ksrc-mac,
        	ksrc-pc532, ksrc-pmax, ksrc-sun3
                	Kernel sources for a particular port.


	The security package is not to be sup'ed by sites outside of the 
	U. S., read the "README.export-control" file for details.

	Each collection can have multiple releases (as specified by the
	"release" keyword).

	IMPORTANT!!
	Be aware that the current release is simply a snapshot of the 
	daily state of NetBSD development and is not guaranteed to
	build (or even work) - use at your own risk !

	Stable releases of NetBSD are available via SUP.  Instructions 
	are included with the release announcement.

	Before running sup, be sure that your /etc/services contains 
	these entries.

	supfilesrv      871/tcp         # for SUP
	supfiledbg      1127/tcp

	To try sup without really updating anything use the '-f' flag.
	The '-v' flag means verbose and can be used to see what sup is 
	doing.
	
		sup -fv supfile

	The sup binary, sup man page and sample supfiles can be ftp'ed 
	from sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu:~ftp/pub/sup .  Comments should be 
	directed to "sup@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu".

	A mailing list exists for users of the NetBSD "current"
	release.  To join, mail to 'majordemo@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu'
	with a mail body of "info".  The reply will describe the mailing 
	lists for NetBSD.  The you will want to subscribe to the 
	"current-users" mailing list.  We will use this list to announce 
	any special changes made to the "current" tree.


1.7	Documentation available

	This entire section pertains as much to NetBSD and FreeBSD as
	it does to 386BSD.  Simply 'sed 's/386bsd/Your System/g' below.

	There are two types of documentation for 386bsd.  First is the 
	set that covers the operation and theory used in BSD-Unix.  
	These sources are often excellent for background and understanding 
	of the current implementation of 386bsd.  Second is the set of 
	manuals written specifically for 386bsd.  Most of these are books 
	and magazine articles written by Bill and Lynne Jolitz.


1.7.1	BSD manuals

	The full set of BSD documentation is available via anonymous FTP 
	from ocf.berkeley.edu in /pub/Library/Computer/doc4.3.  To print 
	this documentation on 386bsd systems, replace the ditroff 
	references in the Makefile with 'groff -e -t -msU {SRC} >out.ps' 
	to generate PostScript format files.  Use different options to 
	make the output conform to other print styles.

	The etc distribution also comes with a documentation directory
	/usr/share/doc which has nearly 3Meg of documentation about *BSD.
	  
	In addition, on-line manuals are available in the binary 
	distribution set.  It contains specific information on the use 
	of UNIX utilities and commands.  Type "man man" for information 
	on the online manual.


1.7.2	BSD books

	There is an excellent set of works recommended by Bill and Lynne 
	in the INSTALL.NOTES.  In addition, several other books have been 
	recommended by Andrew Moore and others.

	For learning how to work in the Unix environment, the standard text
	is "The Unix Programming Environment,"  by Kernighan and Pike.
	
	For Unix Administration, the best is "Unix System Administration
	Handbook," by Nemeth, Snyder and Seebass.

	For systems level programming (i.e., systems calls), I recommend
	"Advanced Unix Programming," by Marc Rochkind.  Unfortunately it is
	out-dated and oriented towards System V.  

	A new book "Advanced Programming in the Unix Environment," by W.
	Richard Stevens is very	up-to-date, and an excellent reference,
	especially for dealing with POSIX standards issues.

	For network programming, "Unix Network Programming," by W. Richard
	Stevens is highly regarded.
	
	The 4.3BSD Unix Manuals contain loads of invaluable tutorials and
	historical papers in addition to hard copies of on-line documentation.
	The six volume set is available from Usenix for $60.00 (email:
	office@usenix.org)

	I could go on, but let me mention just two more - if you have a full
	386BSD installation, you may want to learn the bash shell (in
	/usr/othersrc/public).  This is an extension of the Bourne shell (sh)
	with features from both the C shell (Csh) and the Korn shell (Ksh).
	The Korn shell is described in "The Kornshell," by Korn (of course).
	
	Second, I recommend you look at "The AWK Programming Language," by 
	Aho, Weinberger and Kernighan.  This is a very nice prototyping 
	language - powerful and easy to use.

	Another excellent reference book for 386bsd is "The Design and 
	Implementation of the 4.3BSD UNIX Operating system" by  Samuel J. 
	Leffler, Marshall Kirk McKusick, Michael J. Karels, John S. 
	Quarterman, 1989, Addison-Wesley, ISBN 0-201-06196-1.  While this 
	book is out of date in many sections, it is purported to be an 
	excellent source of historical information, if nothing else.  
	Chris Demetriou recommends the sections on the treatment of 
	file systems, caching and the networking layer.  The sections in 
	this books which do not apply to 386bsd include the VM section, 
	bootstrapping, and autoconfig.

	In addition, there are many other books which, for one reason or 
	another, have not made it into this brief list.  Rest assured that 
	this is not intended to be an exhaustive list by any means.  In 
	fact, Lynne Jolitz has offered to supply the FAQ with her preferred 
	reading list describing the current and future versions of 386bsd.  


1.7.3	The Jolitz Book

	Bill and Lynne Jolitz are writing a book about 386bsd.  It will 
	be announced once it is ready.  A tentative date of late 1992 
	was once offered, but since it is now 1994 and no book has 
	been announced, we can assume that it will be later than the 
	original estimate.
 

1.7.4	Dr. Dobbs' journal

	For users who wish to understand the internals of the BNR/2 BSD 
	family of Operating Systems originally developed and/or ported by 
	William F. Jolitz from 1989 to the present, the most immediate 
	and available reference is the feature series entitled 
	"Porting UNIX to the 386: A Practical Approach", appearing in Dr. 
	Dobbs' Journal, USA (January 1991 to July 1992) and UNIX and iX 
	Magazines, Germany (June 1991 to present). For inquiries on the 
	article series (including reprints),  contact the magazines for 
	information.

	"Porting UNIX to the 386: A Practical Approach" (feature series) 
	by Jolitz and Jolitz
	
	 1/91: DDJ		"Designing a Software Specification"
	 2/91: DDJ		"Three Initial PC Utilities"
	 3/91: DDJ		"The Standalone System"
	 4/91: DDJ		"Copyright, Copyleft, and Competitive Advantage"
	 4/91: DDJ		"Language Tools Cross-Support"
	 5/91: DDJ		"The Initial Root Filesystem"
	 6/91: DDJ		"Research and the Commercial Sector: Where Does 
				BSD Fit In?"
	 7/91: DDJ		"A Stripped-Down Kernel"
	 8/91: DDJ		"The Basic Kernel"
	 9/91: DDJ		"Multiprogramming and Multiprocessing, Part I"
	10/91: DDJ		"Multiprogramming and Multiprocessing, Part II"
	11/91: DDJ		"Device Autoconfiguration"
	 2/92: DDJ		"UNIX Device Drivers, Part I"
	 3/92: DDJ		"UNIX Device Drivers, Part II"
	 4/92: DDJ		"UNIX Device Drivers, Part III"
	 5/92: DDJ		"Missing Pieces, Part I"
	 6/92: DDJ		"Missing Pieces, Part II"
	 7/92: DDJ		"The Final Step: Running Light with 386BSD"
	
	You can contact M&T Books (DDJ) for reprints if you can't get them from 
	your technical library:
	
	1-800-356-2002 (inside CA)
	1-800-444-4881 (better In NA Backorder number)
	1-415-358-9500 (international)
 
	 6/91: UNIX Magazin	"Portierung von BSD-UNIX auf den 80386. Heimlich 
				Liebe."
	 7/91: UNIX Magazin	"Steighilfe."
	 8/91: UNIX Magazin	"Systemverwaltung durch Tabellen"
	 9/91: UNIX Magazin	"Sicher bewegen auf fremdem Terrain"
	10/91: UNIX Magazin	"Damit die Fehlersuche nicht zum Hurdenspringen 
				wird"
	11/91: UNIX Magazin	"Alles in eine Schublade"
	12/91: UNIX Magazin	"Feuer und Wasser"
	 1/92: UNIX Magazin	"Rekursives Speicher-Mapping"
	 2/92: UNIX Magazin	"Tanz auf dem Eis"
	 3/92: UNIX Magazin	"Aus Hanschen wird Hans"
	 4/92: UNIX Magazin	"Das Geheimnis des Multiprogramming"
	 5/92: UNIX Magazin	"Zeitmanagement scheibenweise"
	 6/92: UNIX Magazin	"Magie des Kernels"
	 7/92: UNIX Magazin	"Erkenne Dich Selbst"
	 9/92: UNIX Magazin	"Niemand is eine Insel"
	10/92: UNIX Magazin	"Treiberlatein"
	12/92: UNIX Magazin	"Einlandung erforderlich" 
	 1/93: iX Magazin	"Wir unterbrechen das Programm"
	 2/93: iX Magazin	"Liste gut, alles gut"
	 3/93: iX Magazin	"Blick ins Allerheiligste"
	 4/93: iX Magazin	"Von Bl"ocken, Ringen und Zeichen"
	
	NOTE: The series in UNIX Magazin was moved to IX Magazin in 1/93.
	The article in the April issue was the last one in the series.
	
	In addition, other major articles which discuss 386BSD in detail:
	
	 8/92: UNIX Magazin "Interview mit Bill Jolitz. Das passiert mit 
	 	386BSD" by Jurgen Fey
	 8/92: DDJ "Very High-Speed Networking" by W.F. Jolitz
	12/92: DDJ "Inside the ISO-9660 Filesystem Format" by Jolitz and 
		Jolitz
	
	Reprints of the first 19 parts on the UNIX Magazin series are available 
	from:
	
	iX Redaktion
	Stichwort: 386BSD-Serie
	Verlag Heinz Heise GmbH & Co KG
	Helstorfer Str. 7
	D-30625 Hannover, Germany 
	
	Some of the parts are without code listings due to the unclear
	status of the BSD releases stemming from the Net/2 release.  Dr. 
	Dobbs is reported out of back issues of the articles listed above.
	You best bet may be to try your local public or school library.
	
1.7.5	Documentation that comes with most of the distributions.

	In the standard set for both NetBSD and FreeBSD there is a directory
	called '/usr/share/doc'.  Here is a 'du' listing.

		128	/usr/share/doc/ps1/06.sysman
		98	/usr/share/doc/ps1/07.ipctut
		116	/usr/share/doc/ps1/08.ipc
		16	/usr/share/doc/ps1/13.rcs
		37	/usr/share/doc/ps1/14.sccs
		420	/usr/share/doc/ps1
		123	/usr/share/doc/smm/02.config
		14	/usr/share/doc/smm/04.quotas
		78	/usr/share/doc/smm/05.fsck
		42	/usr/share/doc/smm/06.lpd
		92	/usr/share/doc/smm/07.sendmailop
		14	/usr/share/doc/smm/08.timedop
		99	/usr/share/doc/smm/10.newsop
		83	/usr/share/doc/smm/11.named
		77	/usr/share/doc/smm/14.fastfs
		128	/usr/share/doc/smm/15.net
		41	/usr/share/doc/smm/16.sendmail
		21	/usr/share/doc/smm/20.termdesc
		17	/usr/share/doc/smm/22.timed
		851	/usr/share/doc/smm
		144	/usr/share/doc/usd/04.csh
		97	/usr/share/doc/usd/07.Mail
		66	/usr/share/doc/usd/09.newsread
		68	/usr/share/doc/usd/10.etiq
		67	/usr/share/doc/usd/14.edit
		107	/usr/share/doc/usd/15.vi
		61	/usr/share/doc/usd/16.ex
		13	/usr/share/doc/usd/21.msdiffs
		45	/usr/share/doc/usd/22.memacros
		43	/usr/share/doc/usd/23.meref
		26	/usr/share/doc/usd/33.rogue
		25	/usr/share/doc/usd/34.trek
		798	/usr/share/doc/usd
		2077	/usr/share/doc

	For those of you that don't read 'du -k' listings, this means that
	there is 'around' 2 MEGABYTES of documentation in the 'doc'
	directory.  In addition, there are a few man pages.

		2312	/usr/share/man/cat1
		397	/usr/share/man/cat2
		1	/usr/share/man/cat2a
		855	/usr/share/man/cat3
		1	/usr/share/man/cat3f
		607	/usr/share/man/cat4
		368	/usr/share/man/cat5
		166	/usr/share/man/cat6
		169	/usr/share/man/cat7
		749	/usr/share/man/cat8

	Something on the order of another 4 Megabytes of manual pages.  
	That's what, about 6 MILLION CHARACTERS of documentation.

	I have received mail from several sources saying that my
	approximation of the amount of system documentation is way too
	low (by a factor of at least 50%).  Given the fact that even by
	me meager estimation there is already more information here
	than most people can be bothered to read, whether there is 6
	Meg or 60 Meg seems like overkill.

	Now, does anyone REALLY want to whine about there being no 
	documentation included with the system?


1.7.6	Other FAQ's on the net that are relevant
	
	There is now a FAQ set up specifically for FreeBSD.  In addition
	to answering the many specific questions that folks have about
	FreeBSD, it is also a good source for information on NetBSD and
	whatever the 386BSD 0.2 project is going to look like.  In
	spite of all of the shouting and chest beating that you hear
	from time to time, the systems are still very close.

	There are many FAQs that can be used in conjunction with 386bsd.  
	These include the FAQs for all of the GNU software, the different 
	shells that are available, the programming languages that are 
	available, and many more.  In addition, many programs have their 
	own FAQ which should be referenced whenever that package is being 
	added.  Good examples of the latter are the FAQs for elm, C-News, 
	and innd.
	 
	The observant reader will notice that there are very few 'X' 
	questions in this FAQ.  The XFree86 FAQ is posted regularly to 
	comp.os.386bsd.*.  There is no good reason to include any 'X' 
	questions in this FAQ, with the exception of the most basic 
	'Where can I get the 'X' FAQ'.
	
	Most FAQs are available by anonymous FTP from rtfm.mit.edu and 
	via Usenet News in news.answers and/or comp.answers.  This FAQ
	is no exception (I hope). 
	
	
1.8	FTP sites for 386BSD
	
	A standard tool on Internet connected hosts for finding files is
	'archie'.  Searching the archie archive for either "386BSD"  or 
	"386bsd" yields the following list.   For UUCP sites, FTP-Mail 
	is available from gatekeeper.dec.com.  The list below was created 
	with an 'archie -l' on 13 Aug 1994 searching for FreeBSD.

	For those folks that have access to telnet, but not FTP, you can use
	archie by using telnet and connecting to 132.206.2.3.  Log in as
	'archie' and use the 'prog' command to find programs of interest.
	The list below is included primarily for those folks that have only
	uucp, and will need to get their software though UUCP and other
	channels.
	

1.8.1	FTP Site List

	This list is automatically generated every time the FAQ is 
	produced.  Please do not request that your host be added to 
	this list.  If your host is represented in an 'archie' list,
	it will be reflected here.  Several other sites are included 
	in Section 1.8.4 below.

	Host					Directory
	akiu.gw.tohoku.ac.jp          /.u2/BSD/FreeBSD/
	akiu.gw.tohoku.ac.jp          /.u2/BSD/FreeBSD/FreeBSD-current/ports/lang/sather/make/FreeBSD
	akiu.gw.tohoku.ac.jp          /.u2/BSD/FreeBSD/Old/FreeBSD-current/ports/lang/sather/make/FreeBSD
	grasp1.univ-lyon1.fr          /pub/nfs-mounted/ftp.univ-lyon1.fr/mirrors/FreeBSD/
	news.cfi.waseda.ac.jp         /pub2/FreeBSD/
	news.cfi.waseda.ac.jp         /pub2/FreeBSD/FreeBSD-current/ports/lang/sather/make/FreeBSD
	news.cfi.waseda.ac.jp         /pub4/khoros/khoros/contrib/ports/FreeBSD
	physics.su.oz.au              /FreeBSD/
	plaza.aarnet.edu.au           /FreeBSD/
	theta.iis.u-tokyo.ac.jp       /pub2/FreeBSD/
	theta.iis.u-tokyo.ac.jp       /pub2/FreeBSD/FreeBSD-current/ports/lang/sather/make/FreeBSD


	The code may soon also to be available, or perhaps is already 
	available, from both CompuServe and BIX.

1.8.2	Official distribution sites

	According to Lynne Jolitz, there is no such thing as an 'official' 
	386bsd site.  The closest we had was 'agate.berkeley.edu' which is 
	now closed.  Because of the USL/UCB agreement, 386bsd is no
	longer freely redistributable, since it was based on Net/2 and
	Net/2 was encumbered.

	FreeBSD's 'home' is FreeBSD.cdrom.com (the home disk of Walnut
	Creek).

	NetBSD's 'home' is sun-lamp.cs.Berkeley.edu.


1.8.3	Reference sites

	For a brief period, ref.tfs.com was available for use as a
	reference system.  This system was used as the test-bed for
	many programs that were ported to 386bsd by many authors.  
	Unfortunately, ref.tfs.com has been disabled as a reference
	system. The site is now a update by mail (CTM) system and is 
	providing a mail only service for developers who do not have 
	access to anything more than electronic mail.  For more
	information, contact phk@freefall.cdrom.com for the standard
	CTM package.

	There is a site in Germany that is acting as a reference site 
	for FreeBSD.  The name is "g386bsd.first.gmd.de", also known as
	"bsd386.first.gmd.de". Sorry, no anonymous ftp yet. But there is
	a "guest" login with the password "guest".

	But the most important reason why I had installed the machine on 
	the network was for all these people who don't have enough space 
	to compile their own kernel or their own packages.   They can do 
	it on this machine.  ATS ( ats@first.gmd.de or ats@cs.tu-berlin.de )


1.8.4	Unofficial archive sites that have neat stuff!

	There are many sites that have things which have either been ported 
	to 386bsd or are available to the world.  Use archie to find these 
	sites, or read comp.os.386bsd.* for more information.
	
	Listed here because they don't have access to 'archie' yet...
	g386bsd.first.gmd.de -or- bsd386.first.gmd.de:
	    Sources for 386bsd0.1 and the later patchkits.
	    Source for NetBSD0.8 and the newer snapshots.

	    Xfree is installed binary as version 1.3.

	Ported software are:
	    tcsh6.03.00
	    emacs19-15
	    gcc-2.4.5
	    top3-1
	    perl4.0.36
	    elvis1.7
	    bison-1.21
	    rn and nn.

	 In addition, ftp.cs.tu-berlin.de has a lot of neat 
	 software and Wolfram Schneider (wosch@cs.tu-berlin.de) has 
	 'ported' the FAQ into LaTeX.  It is available in 
	 pub/386BSD/FAQ/tex in both PostScript and DVI formats.


1.8.5	 X for 386BSD 0.1 Ported Software List

	This is a list of non-core X window system application that 
	have been ported to 386BSD 0.1.  The ftp server and directory 
	name are listed above and each file or directory name is 
	followed by a short description.  Feel free to send corrections, 
	additions or suggestions to rich@rice.edu.

nova.cc.purdue.edu:/pub/386bsd/submissions

	Xdtm-2.5.386bsd		X desk top manager
	idraw-bin.tar.Z		C++ GUI class library + WYSIWYG document & 
				graphics editors.
	img1.3.386bsd.tar.Z	see above
	mpeg_play.Z		animated raster image viewer
	small_X11r5.tZ		a minimal subset of the core distribution
	vogl.tar.Z		a library that emulatates Silicon Graphics 
				GL calls
	xview3			sun's GUI development tool kit

sunvis.rtpnc.epa.gov:/pub/386bsd/incoming:

	Dirt.tar.Z		GUI development tool kit
	XBSD8514-0.1.Z		8514 X server port
	XS3-0.3-exp.Z		S3 X server port
	acm.tar.Z		aerial combat mission/flight simulator
	chess-vort-movie.tar.Z	?
	epoch.Z			enhanced emacs for X
	jpeg.tar.Z		jpeg viewer
	libXaw3d.a.Z		3D widget library
	mpeg-1.2.tar.Z		animated raster image viewer
	ups-2.45.bin.tar.Z	C source level debugger with slick GUI
	vort-movie.tar.Z	?
	xantfarm.tar.Z		screen saver with ants?
	xbench.tar.Z		X server performance measurement tool
	xpipeman.tar.Z		game: connect pipes to keep a liquid within
	xxgdb.tar.Z		GUI for GNU source level debugger

1.8.6	Motif for the *BSD family. (Infomercial to follow)

	While I don't normally include commercials in the FAQ, I will
	this time.  Motif is an interesting product that will help the
	development of the free Unices.  It can also serve as a
	benchmark for other commercial organizations to consider
	supporting us by producing versions of their products that will work
	on these systems.

	Sequoia International, Inc. (305-783-4915/305-783-4935 (FAX))
	sells a complete Motif 1.2.3 Runtime and Development package
	for FreeBSD, NetBSD, BSD/386, Linux, and Coherent.  It is
	available for $149.95 and includes the following:
	   * The Motif Window Manager (mwm)
	   * Shared Library (libXm)  [operating system dependent]
	   * Static Libraries (libXm, libMrm, libUil)
	   * Header and Include Files
	   * Complete On-Line Manual Pages
	   * Source code to OSF/Motif Demo programs
	   * Complete OSF/Motif Users Guide

	Send mail to info@seq.com or contact them at the address below:

	Sequoia International, Inc.
	600 West Hillsboro Blvd, Suite 300
	Deerfield Beach, FL 33441   
	Phone: (305)783-4915 / FAX: (305)783-4935 / Email: info@seq.com


-- 
TSgt Dave Burgess           | Dave Burgess
NCOIC, USSTRATCOM/J6844     | *BSD FAQ Maintainer
Offutt AFB, NE              | Burgess@cynjut.infonet.net or ...@s069.infonet...
                               

From: burgess@cynjut.infonet.net (Dave Burgess)
Newsgroups: comp.os.386bsd.announce,comp.answers,news.answers
Subject: [comp.os.386bsd] BNR/2 derived BSD for PCs FAQ (Part 3 of 10)
Date: 13 Aug 1994 19:00:54 -0500
Organization: Dave's House in Omaha
Message-ID: <386bsd-faq-3-776822434@cynjut.infonet.net>

Posted-By: auto-faq 3.1.1.2
Archive-name: 386bsd-faq/part3

Section 2.	(Common installation questions)


2.0	Install process
	
	The 386bsd system is distributed in many ways.  One of the most 
	common is via DOS diskettes, (either 3 1/2 or 5 1/4, both high 
	density) with the actual distribution being a 'CPIO archive'
	broken into 240K pieces.  This allows the distribution to fit
	onto a minimum number of floppies. 
	
	Once the files are on floppies, thoughts usually turn to
	questions about how to install the boot image on a floppy.  The 
	rawrite program (for DOS) is used to write the bootable images 
	(dist.fs and fixit.fs) onto floppies.  The same image can used 
	for 3 1/2 and 5 1/4 high density diskettes.  Low density 
	diskettes are not supported in this version of 386bsd.
	
	Once the bootable images are written onto the floppies, insert 
	the dist.fs disk into the A: drive and reboot.  If the system
	does not boot, see section 2.5 below for more information.
	
	If the disk boots, type install and proceed to use the 
	INSTALL.NOTES to get more information.
	
	Problems with the install are either related to hardware (i.e.
	Do you want to install on your T.V.?) or software.  Of the 
	hardware issues, the most common FAQs are usually straight out 
	of the installation notes.  Of the software issues, there are 
	only two that really concern us.  The first is bad files.
	
	On some systems, files that are loaded from floppy appear to 
	'go bad' when they arrive on the hard disk.  Try some of these 
	solutions:

	- You forgot binary.  Don't get insulted.  Those of us that FTP 
	for a living forget sometimes.  If so, the distribution will
	come out with all different sizes and install will complain
	about every disk.
	
	- One or two of the files are no good.  Try getting them again.  
	As a precaution, rename the bad files on your hard drive to
	names like foo.1 and bob.23.  Copy the files again from floppy.  
	If they are still bad, rename the file, and the one immediately 
	before the first bad file (bin01.23 if bin01.24 is bad) and
	copy them again.  If they are still bad, download those files 
	again from the distribution site (including the one before and 
	after the bad one) and try again.  

	The reason for renaming the files is that sometimes, especially 
	with drive that do not auto-magically record bad sectors, you
	could copy a distribution file onto a bad spot on the disk.  If
	this happens, you want to isolate the bad spot.  The easiest way
	to do that is just leave the bad file on it.
	
	Keep trying, these same files have been used by literally 
	thousands of people to install 386bsd.

	For those of you that have received your system on a CD-ROM,
	you will need to find at least three things.  One is this file. 
	Since you are reading it, I assume that you got it already. :-)  
	If you can't read this file (you got it from the newsgroup, for 
	example) there is one thing that you need to know so you don't 
	look like a complete idiot on the net.

	There is no such thing as a Unix CD-ROM.  They are all in 
	something called the ISO CD-ROM format.  You can read them as 
	the D: drive in DOS, or mount them on your Sun or SVR4 system 
	or whatever.

	Second, you will need to find the directory with the bootable
	disk images in it.  They will have self explanatory names like:

	kerncopy.fs
	base0-9.fs
	fred.fs
	genericaha.fs
	boot-me-first.fs
	this-is-the-file-with-the-fs-extension.fs

	You get the idea, right?  Look for the MS-DOS program
	"RAWRITE.EXE".  It should be right near the file system (.fs) 
	files.  Another clue for the truly lost will be that the file 
	system files will all be 1.2 Meg big.  These files will fit 
	onto either a 1.2Meg 5.25 inch diskette, or a 1.44Meg 2.5 inch 
	diskette.  Use rawrite to write the fs files to diskettes and
	boot from the diskettes.

	You did back your system up, right?
	

2.0.1	Boot disks  (versions and media formats)
	
	There is currently one official 386bsd 0.1 boot disk, referred 
	to as the "Tiny" boot disk.  

	Because of the nature of the agreement between USL and
	Berkeley, it is rapidly becoming impossible to get 386bsd 0.1
	diskettes.  The archive at agate.berkeley.edu has been
	eliminated completely.  The NetBSD archive that was there has
	also been eliminated.

	There are a few FAQs from the boot/install disk.


2.0.1.1	Where does extract go when I reboot?
	
	It was in /tmp, which is cleaned the first time you reboot the 
	system from the hard drive.  If you have just booted from the 
	hard drive for the second time, chances are you just wiped out 
	extract.  It is not really needed, since the instructions for 
	building your own install are included in section 2.5.2 of 
	the FAQ, under custom installation.

	When installing NetBSD, the set_tmp_dir and extract programs are 
	part of the .profile that is booted when you are installing.  
	This .profile is overwritten as part of the install process, and
	extract then disappears.  If you need extract again, you can mount 
	the install disk and source .profile.  This will recreate these 
	two routines.

	There is also an install procedure that FreeBSD uses that does
	the same job.  It is defined as part of the .profile on one of the
	installation floppies.  You can either copy it from there, or use
	the procedure for 'real disk partitioning'.

	
2.0.1.2	I put the floppy in and try to boot, and nothing happens.  What now?

	There are lots of possibilities.  We will start with the oldest 
	(386bsd 0.1) problems.

	This is usually referred to as the Compaq boot problem.  The
	easiest solution is to get a patched boot disk.

	Another source of possible hope for you is to grab the NetBSD
	bootable disks.  They are compatible with 386BSD and allow you
	to install on some of the more recalcitrant hardware.

	The FreeBSD install process is said to be better than the NetBSD
	program for some machines.  Could be.  They are all available for
	free from the net.  Try it.


2.0.1.3a	The floppy booted, but now the hard disk won't boot?
2.0.1.3b	I am trying to reinstall.  I run install and it loops
		  asking me if I want to use the whole disk?
	
	The most likely culprit is your hard disk controller.  It is 
	probably doing some type of disk translation for you.  If this
	is the case (assume it is) then you will need to find out the
	real disk controller geometry, and rewrite your disk label.
	See section 2.6.2, but before doing that get the program
	pfdisk.exe.  This program will tell you what the controller 
	geometry is (right before it reboots your computer).  Make the 
	disklabel agree with this program and your system should boot.  
	You may have to reinstall, but at least your disklabel will be 
	right.  Note that this is a nearly required step for all NetBSD 
	and FreeBSD installs.  You need to know what the disk geometry 
	is before the BIOS messes with it.  If you start having these 
	kinds of installation problems, I can virtually assure you that 
	it is because your controller geometry and your disklabel 
	geometry are different.

	NOTE:  If the hard disk controller does NOT have an option for
	turning off the geometry, you may well be completely out of
	luck.  There are very few controllers that fall into this
	category.  The ones that do full time translation will often
	boot up in translated mode.  pfdisk will help you determine the
	correct geometry for your drive by telling you what the geometry
	looks like when 386bsd boots up.  

	But on the other hand, maybe not...

	See section 2.5.5 below for a detailed set of instructions about
	getting NetBSD (and by implication 386BSD and FreeBSD) to work with 
	a system that uses full time translation.


2.0.2	Fix-it boot disk 
	
	The fix-it disk contains a series of programs that are 
	particularly handy for 'fixing' your disk in case you can't get 
	logged in.  It includes the disklabel program and other utilities 
	for system maintenance.

	For NetBSD and FreeBSD, you will probably have to build your own
	Fixit disk.  You can mount the original file system floppy and
	beat it to death if you want.  Put programs on it that you will 
	need to build a new system.  As I think of them, I will put them 
	in.

2.0.1.4	What are the options on the boot prompt?

	The most amazing thing about the boot process in *BSD is the
	boot up alternatives that are available.  There is little that
	a person can NOT do from the boor prompt.  The boot diskette or
	disk can be selected (fd(1,a) for fd1a (my B: drive is DOS))
	can be the source of my kernel.  In addition, the name of the
	kernel can be chosen (this allows you to boot with a test
	kernel or reboot an older kernel if the new one gets hosed).
	Finally, there are three choices for options that may or may
	not work, depending on the age and proclivities of your boot
	blocks.  These options are:


		-s............... boot into single user mode
		-a............... ask the user what device to use as root
			just before mounting it (Not presently supported)
		-d............... once you have the kernel loaded and
			VM and such up and going, drop into the kernel 
			debugger.  Great for debugging probe code.
			( not sure if this is presently working)


2.1	Binary distribution

	The binary distribution 386bsd 0.1 consists of virtually all of 
	the programs that a typical *nix system would be expected to have.  
	The list includes mail, UUCP, GCC version 1.39, and others.
	
	Known problems with the binary distribution include the following:
	
	1.  Mtools as shipped in the bindist does not always work.  The 
	ones on the install disk seem to work fine.
	
	2.  The install script built into the binary distribution does 
	not correctly install all of the files and symbolic links that it 
	should.  For example,  some of the symbolic links to the 
	/usr/include directory are botched up.
	
	3.  'tip', the modem control program, does not always work right 
	out of the box.
	
	4.  Any program that relies on a valid symbol table in the kernel 
	(e.g. ps) will not work because the kernel is stripped so that it 
	will fit onto the bootable disk.

	These problems are all cured either by patches available in the
	patchkit, or through re-compilation.

	FreeBSD and NetBSD have solved these problems.  This information
	is included primarily for those few people that get sucked into
	using an old version of 386bsd for a class or something.


2.2	Source distribution

	The source distribution 386bsd 0.1 contains all of the source code 
	for every program in the bindist.  Known problems (which are fixed 
	in the patchkit) include the following:
	
	1.  There is an error message during install about install.src01 
	not being found.  It is not an error, there isn't an install.src01.  
	Think of it as Bill and Lynne's idea of a practical joke.
	
	2.  There are several symbolic links that are not made correctly.  
	In addition, there are several files that should have been deleted 
	(to ensure clean 'make's) before the files were packed.  This is 
	fixed by the patchkit, as of 0.2.3.
	  
	3.  The /usr/src tree does not compile cleanly.  This is fixed by 
	the patchkit, as of 0.2.3, or by NetBSD or FreeBSD. 
	

2.3	Additional software distribution

	The etc distribution contains source trees for many programs that 
	are of interest to 386bsd users.  The complete ISO software 
	development environment, as well as many additional software 
	packages (and all of the games) are included in this distribution.

	The most common problem with the etc distribution is the error 
	"too many files open".  Followed closely by "install.etc01 not 
	found".  The latter is a annoyance (see above) but the former can 
	be easily overcome in a couple of ways.
	
	The "too many files open" is a result of the "cat" command leaving 
	files open after it has read a file.   Dwight E. Cass (his Email 
	address is dec@lazarus.nrtc.northrop.com) has provided us with this 
	anecdotal work around for his own experiences:
	
	--------------------------------------------------------------------
	So - back to installation.  This time, when I get to the etc01 
	partition, I am a bit more awake, so I run it from Csh (with the 
	open file limit at 256).  Works pretty well - but complains at the 
	end that it could not do the final configuration because it could 
	not find the configuration file - I checked the MANIFEST and the 
	file is not there, so I finally decided to ignore the message (but 
	it was bothersome!)  Once etc01 was done - source was easy ... and 
	I am now up and running, and quite impressed!!!
	--------------------------------------------------------------------
	
	Another method is to use a loop construct in the Bourne shell.  For 
	example:
	
	for i in (etc01.*)
	do
	  cat $i
	done | compress -d | cpio -idalmu

	-or-
	
	for i in (etc01.*)
	do
	  zcat $i
	done | cpio -idalmu
	
	will also solve the problem handily.  This solution solves the problem
	by running cat multiple times, with one file each.  Since cat now only
	has one file, there are no limits on the number of files that can be
	used for the distribution set.
	
2.4	Patch-kit
	
	The patchkit has been completely deprecated.  FreeBSD and NetBSD
	are both mature programs that will serve the average user extremely
	well.  The patchkit may still be available, but it is only required
	if you are installing the original 386BSD 0.1 version.

	There are two mailing lists dedicated to the patchkit.  They are as 
	follows:

	386bsd-patchkit@cs.montana.edu, which is primarily for discussion of
	up-coming patches and patchkit philosophy.
	
	patches@cs.montana.edu, which is dedicated to submitting new,
	untested patches.
	
	The current (and final) version of the patchkit is 0.2.4, which 
	has absolutely no relationship with the new version of 386bsd.  
	It is available by anonymous FTP from several sites throughout 
	the net.


2.5	Configuration

	By far, the most common configuration questions are partitioning, 
	followed closely by all of the other software in the system.  
	Sendmail and named are also problems occasionally, but the 
	documentation that comes with them usually gets you through.  If 
	you run into a problem, post a question to comp.os.386bsd.questions.  

	
	A less frequently asked question is "Where can I get info on how 
	to configure a kernel?"  The answer to this question has been 
	provided by Richard Murphey (Email address rich@Rice.edu).  
	
	--------------------------------------------------------------------
	Ready-to-print PostScript files for each section of the net2 system 
	maintainer's manual are on nova.cc.purdue.edu in 
	pub/386bsd/submissions/bsd.manuals.
	
	smm.02.config.ps.Z describes kernel configuration for the VAX, 
	however some of it is relevant to 386BSD.  There is no freely 
	available rewrite for 386BSD that I know of.  
	--------------------------------------------------------------------

	Most of these manuals are now included in the standard release of
	NetBSD and FreeBSD in the /usr/share/doc directories.

2.5.1	Partitions

	This section describes many of the questions that people ask about 
	hard disk partitioning.
	
	The first is a brief explanation of the BSD system disk partitions.

2.5.1.1	What is a 'disklabel' and why do I need one?

	The BSD partition table supplements the DOS partition table.  The 
	entries in this table are meaningful to BSD.  There are eight 
	partitions in the BSD partition table, and they are normally 
	lettered from a: to h:.  This supplemental partition table is
	often refered to as the 'disklabel'.

	This tutorial is provided by by "<haley@husc.harvard.edu>" and 
	provides an  excellent overview of the hard disk partitioning 
	procedure from start to finish.

		"Disk Partitioning for the Compleat Idiot"

	There are times, in our trials with our computers, that it becomes
	necessary to mess about with the disklabel. For those not
	knowledgeable of BSD or Unix Systems administration, this somewhat
	simple task can be somewhat daunting. This document is the result of
	my own short experience.

	This does not cover physical installation of the disk. For those who
	are having trouble with that, I direct you to any of the fine manuals
	dealing with hard drives and your hardware.

	It also does not deal with the vagaries of the DOS partition manager.
	It assumes you have done that as well, if need be...

	After the drive is physically installed and is recognized in the BSD
	startup, and it mentions both your drives, in the order you expect
	them... Or perhaps just the one, if you had special problems with
	installation. Now all you have to do is "disklabel" the drive... Well,
	what is *THAT*??? 

	The disklabel is used by the kernel and other utilities to tell how
	you want or have the drive set up *logically*. 

	In a beautiful world, we might have a very free hand at this set-up
	and expect it to work. Unfortunately, the authors of the software
	dealing with the hard drives either decided or were forced by
	circumstance to make certain things about the disklabel inviolate. 
	
	When you let the installation disk set the disklabel for you first
	drive it comes out like this:

	    The a: partition is the primary partition.
	    The b: partition is the swap partition.
	    The c: partition is the amount of the disk used by 386bsd 
	    	(swap and data)
	    The d: partition is the entire disk.

	Of these, the only one that could be different is a:... 

	(Note for those of us who have spent far too much time using DOS: the
	labels a: b: c: d: e: f: g: h: DO NOT refer to DOS drives, but to
	partitions in your 386bsd partition... confusing, eh?  For the sake 
	of consistency I will never make a reference to DOS drives except by
	saying something like "DOS drive C:". )

	It's possible to divide up the disk a bit differently, but three
	things MUST be:

	c: must refer to every cylinder you wish 386bsd to use, either
	for your data or the swap space. 

	d: Must refer to the whole disk, from cylinder 0 to the last
	one...
	
	b: Must always refer to a swap partition. Note that on any
	other than the first disk it does not have to, but if you
	enable swapping on that drive, and you are using b: for
	something else, that something else will be killed.

	The reason for this is simple: It's hard coded in.

	"WHY?" you ask? (I did...) Probably time constraints, maybe tradition.
	But if you look at the code in "isofs" and "ufs" in your sys.386bsd
	directory, you will see numerous comments asking some of the same
	questions, which leads me to believe this may change in the future,
	making our lives both more complicated and easier at the same time...

	Getting past the esoteric explanations, here is a method for figuring
	out and "labeling" your disk.

	We'll start with the disklabel from my second disk, in the form most
	understandable by humans... #'s signify the start of a comment.

	# /dev/rwd1d:
	type: ESDI
	disk: maxtor7245
	label: 
	flags:
	bytes/sector: 512
	sectors/track: 31
	tracks/cylinder: 16
	sectors/cylinder: 496
	cylinders: 967
	rpm: 3600
	interleave: 1
	trackskew: 0
	cylinderskew: 0
	headswitch: 0		# milliseconds
	track-to-track seek: 0	# milliseconds
	drivedata: 0 
	
	5 partitions:
	#      size  offset  fstype [fsize bsize   cpg]
  	a:   198400       0  4.2BSD    512  4096    16 	# (Cyl.    0 - 399)
  	b:    31744  447392    swap                  	# (Cyl.  902 - 965)
  	c:   479136       0  unused      0     0       	# (Cyl.    0 - 965)
  	d:   479136       0  unused      0     0       	# (Cyl.    0 - 965)
  	e:   248992  198400  4.2BSD    512  4096    16	# (Cyl.  400 - 901)
	
	Some math:
	Looking at the comments at the end and the size and offset columns,
	size is a function of (last - first + 1) * sectors per cylinder:
	a: 399 - 0 + 1 = 400 * 496 = 198400
	b: 965 - 902 + 1 = 64 * 496 = 31744
	c: & d: (Since I have no DOS partition, whatsoever)
   	   965 - 0 = 1 = 966 * 496 = 479136
	e: 901 - 400 = 502 * 496 = 248992
	
	248992 + 198400 + 31744 = 479136 (all the parts should equal the whole)
	
	Some things I discovered  (for all you in novice land like me...)
	
	1. As you can see this disk has 967 cylinders, but I only refer to 966
	of them, 0 - 965... This is because it's good practice to leave the
	"Landing Zone" cylinder out of it... This is usually the last
	cylinder, and it's where the read/write heads hang out when your disk
	is off...

	Note from TSgt Dave:

	Most modern drive heads come to rest on a polished surface inside the 
	highest cylinder.  I could be mistaken, of course, and the Hard Drive 
	Bible (or other appropriate reference manual) will tell the tale for 
	each drive.

	2. a: can be a regular partition, b: should be swap, c: everything
	386bsd will get to use, including swap. d: is the entire disk from 
	0 - (cylinder_per_disk - 2)   [leaving out the Landing Zone]

	On the boot drive (The drive that actually contains the kernel), a: 
	is the boot partition.  On all other drives, it is a regular partition.

	You can then use e - h for your other partitions. I am not sure
	whether you could specify b: as other than a swap partition and not
	run into trouble, but you could surely make it a zero sized one
	starting and stopping on the Landing Zone...

	Note from TSgt Dave:

	This is a good idea.  Another way to accomplish this is to
	simply not specify it in the map.

	3. Stupid human trick: When doing the math don't forget that 400 - 900
	refers to 50*1* cylinders. I did, for a while. No great problem I
	suspect, but why waste a cylinder...

	4. newfs'ing really is that simple if you have the label right:
	"newfs /dev/rwd?x config_template" where the question mark is the 
	physical disk, the x is a partition letter, and the config_template 
	is the configuration from /etc/disktab for your disk drive. 

	* NOTE:  This is a thumbnail sketch; read the man page to verify all 
	of the options and be sure about how to proceed...
	
	5. then fsck the partition: 
	fsck /dev/rwd?x 
	
	Don't forget that fsck should be run on the RAW device.

	6. As long as it checks out, you can then mount it and do disk things
	with it...

	7. Add it to the fstab... (follow the man page).  Don't forget 
	that your new swap partition won't work if your kernel isn't 
	configured for it, but it won't cause you any problem to have 
	it there. 

	One last note from TSgt Dave:

	And I have yet to figure out a way to determine if it is or
	isn't using the swap partition anyway.  There is a program called
	'swapinfo' and it is part of the NetBSD source tree.  On my system, 
	it tells me that I never use the swap area. :)

	Comnonly used definitions:

	bsize:
	Block Size:  This is the smallest allocatable area on a disk file 
	system, sort of.  A file uses the maximum amount of blocks until it
	can not completely fill up a block. 

	fsize:
	Fragment Size:  This is the size of the 'leftover' data that didn't
	fit into a full block.  For example, assuming a using an 8K Block
	Size/1K Fragment Size, a 34.5K file, would use up 4-8K Blocks (4 *
	8K = 32K) and 3 1K fragments (3 * 1K = 3K).  There is 512 bytes of
	wasted space, since 32K + 3K = 35K, which is 512 bytes larger than
	34.5K.  If you want to reduce the amount of wasted space, you can
	reduce your fragment size, but you also reduce the amount of data
	you read at one time, so your disk performance decreases also.
	A good setup is 8K/1K for performance, but if you are really
	concerned about wasted space you can consider using a 4K/512byte
	filesystem.

	For further information, find an article that explains the Berkeley
	FFS in more detail.

	cpg:
	Cylinders Per Group, it determines the cylinder group size, which 
	in turn determines the number and location of the alternate 
	superblocks.


	Cgd posted a description of how to manually install 386bsd and 
	create 'real' BSD partitions.  It is excerpted below:
	
	--------------------------------------------------------------------
	HOW TO GET 386bsd 0.1 INSTALLED WITH "REAL" PARTITIONING:
	
	(remember, if things don't work, they might be in places that aren't 
	normally looked in... things should work as below, but you might 
	have to use explicit paths occasionally... the 'better' stuff -- 
	mount, umount, cp, etc... is in /usr/distbin on the fixit floppy...  
	even mknod is there, if the devices you need aren't on the fixit 
	floppy...) 

	(1) boot the fixit floppy
	(2) disklabel the disk as appropriate
	(3) newfs the partitions
	(4) mount the new root partition under /mnt
	(5) mkdir /mnt/usr
	(6) mount the new /usr partition under /mnt/usr

	(7) cpio the entire contents of the fixit floppy to the hard drive
		cd /
		ls .profile * [0-ln-z]*/* */*/* | cpio -pdalmu /mnt
		(NOTE: [0-ln-z]*/* is to avoid matching mnt/mnt)
	(8) copy /usr/distbin/mount and /usr/distbin/umount to /mnt (so that
		they'll be in the new root partition, so you can mount the
		new /usr partition...)
	(9) shutdown
		and the eject the floppy.
	(10) reboot off the hard drive, then fsck -p <root raw device>
		If there are any errors, after the fsck is done, hit
		ctl-alt-delete, and repeat this step.
	(11) fsck -p <usr raw device>
	(12) mount -u <root device> /
	(13) mount <usr device> /usr
	(14) insert 0.1 boot/install floppy (dist.fs) into floppy drive
		and "mount /dev/fd0a /mnt"
	(15) cd /mnt
		and then
		usr/bin/zcat etc/baselist.Z | usr/bin/cpio -pdalmu /
	(16) cd /
		and then
	/mnt/usr/bin/zcat /mnt/etc/baseutils.cpio.Z | /mnt/usr/bin/cpio -idalmu
	(17) umount /mnt	then eject the floppy
	(18) umount /usr
	(19) shutdown
	(20) reboot off the hard drive, and get all of the various files (the
		bindist files, srcdist files, etc...).
		I put them into /usr/tmp, because there wasn't enough space
		in /tmp (because it was on a small root partition...).
	(21) cd / ; cat <all the binary files> | uncompress | cpio -idalmu
	(22) rm <all the binary files>
	(23) put your hostname into "/etc/myname" and put your ip addr/hostname
		into /etc/hosts.
	(24) make an fstab for yourself.  specifically, you want something like:
		<root device name>	/	ufs rw 1 1
		<usr device name>	/usr	ufs rw 1 2
	
	congratulations!  you now have a working system!
	
	you can repeat step 21 for the srcdist and etcdist files, as well, 
	if you wish...


2.5.2	Common Disk Label Problems.
2.5.2.1	Swap space.

	Nate Williams provides a short tutorial on swap space in 386bsd, 
	excerpted below:
	
	To be able to use additional swap partitions, you need to specify 
	them in the config (/sys/i386/conf/WHATEVER) file.
	
	Ex:
	
	config          "386bsd"        root on sd0 swap on sd0 and sd1
	
	Allows swap on sd0 and sd1
	
	config          "386bsd"        root on wd0 swap on wd0 and sd0
	
	This would allow swap on both wd0 and sd0 OR whichever (both/either) 
	of the two had a valid disklabel.  Note, you can really screw 
	yourself up with this, if you should happen to not want to swap to 
	this partition, and it happens to be the first one found...
	
	The problem of not being able to swap was from the config file not 
	having wd1 in it.
	
	controller      wd0     at isa? port "IO_WD1" bio irq 14 vector wdintr
	disk            wd0     at wd0 drive 0
	disk            wd0     at wd0 drive 1
	                ^^^                  
	This should have been wd1, and that's why it didn't get added by 
	default.  I may be wrong, but I have swapped to two different 
	partitions w/out any problems since patchkit 0.1, and there aren't 
	any patches to swap386bsd.c
	   
	Once the install is complete, swapping will not be enabled on the 
	second drive.  The following steps can be used to make sure that it 
	is enabled correctly.
	
	If there is a 'b' partition in your root disk 386bsd partition, it 
	will be used automatically (MAKE SURE B is not the start of the 
	disk, and MAKE SURE b doesn't contain any data you wish to keep).  
	If b starts at disk offset 0, it will promptly wipe out your boot 
	sectors and other important disk stuff.  (This appears to be fixed
	in the current NetBSD sources)
	
	If you want an additional partition, put an entry similar to this 
	in /etc/fstab:
	
	/dev/sd1b	none			swap		sw
	
	I'm swapping on sd0b and sd1b, and 'swapon' is run on this partition 
	on boot up.
	
	Swapping to a file is still not implemented.  Rumor has it 0.2 will 
	have such things.  If someone wanted to add it, the vnops_* files 
	would have to be radically modified to get it to work correctly.


2.5.2.2	Increasing the 386bsd partition size.

	Once the install is finished, the system has it's 386bsd partition.
	This includes a 5Meg swap partition, which is altogether too small.  
	There is no easy way to increase this swap partition without 
	relabeling the drive.   Unfortunately, relabeling usually involves 
	reinstalling.  That involves re-doing just about everything you have 
	just finished doing.  The good news is that if all you have done is 
	the base installation, you don't have a lot of time and energy 
	invested in the system.  Take the time, and make sure that your swap 
	space is at least as big as your memory; many people recommend even
	larger.  There is no real limit to the size that this space can
	take.  If you have two disk drives, you can have space space on both.
	Simply follow the instructions above, and you will be all set.
	If your swap space is smaller than your real memory, system core 
	dumps will be disabled.


2.5.2.3	I can access the DOS partition on my second disk from Unix but not 
	DOS?  Any suggestions?

	One kinky problem that almost got me was when I tried to disklabel 
	my second drive in order to use the DOS partition on it, and use 
	the rest as swap for BSD (FreeBSD-1.0 Eps, SCSI drive on an AHA1542B, 
	to be exact). The DOS partition was visible from UNIX, but *not* from 
	DOS.

	What I tried to do:
	    Using PFDISK (from DOS), make one big DOS partition at the start 
	    and use the rest for a BSD partition (type 165).  Something that 
	    came out like
		  1    6    0	69 DOSbi # ..
		  2    165  70	98 unkno
	    for a 99 cyl drive.

	
	    Using BSD disklabel generate disk description/label as documented 
	    in the FAQ. Make only 'c' (total BSD DOS part), 'd' (complete disk) 
	    and 'b' (intended swap) BSD partitions.

	Problem:
	    When writing the label, disklabel would ask about overwriting DOS
	    partition table.  Whether I said y or n, the DOS partition table
	    was screwed up, as seen from DOS (BSD saw the DOS file system
	    very nicely indeed).

	Cause, solution:
	    BSD disklabel wants to write the label to the start of the 'a' 
	    partition; I had *not* defined an 'a' partition (since I was 
	    only using the disk for swap).  This tells disklabel that the 'a'
	    partition is the start of the disk, which means there is no DOS
	    partition.  Disklabel then writes the label at the start of the 
	    drive, which is why it talks about overwriting (aha!); this is 
	    *bad* for the DOS partition table.  One solution is to have a 
	    non-empty (e.g. one cylinder) 'a' partition at the start of the 
	    BSD part of the disk, and resize the 'b' swap partition 
	    accordingly.  Now everything works just fine.  Note that
	    this solution can be used whenever you want the DOS
	    partition table to be safe and the DOS partition to be
	    mountable.

	    One other fly in this ointment.  The disklabel program has 
	    historically asked "Overwrite disk with DOS-partition [n]: "
	    then the normal inclination is to believe the prompt and
	    press return for 'no'.  The default answer may or may not be
	    'no'.  There are several versions of disklabel where the
	    default answer is actually 'yes' even though the prompt
	    implies that you can press return and get 'no'.  In this case,
	    it might be best to assume that the default answer doesn't 
	    exist until you have had a chance to actually look at the
	    disklabel code.


2.5.3	How do I set up the system so that I can boot from more than one
	operating system/file-loader without using floppies?
	
	There are many people that wish to be able to boot DOS or 386bsd 
	at will.  There are several programs that allow this.  The 
	program "os-bs" is one such program, "BOOTEASY" is another, and 
	there are three or four others.  There are problems in some 
	configurations using the os/2 boot manager for this, so beware.  
	
	In addition to being able to boot from either of two partitions, 
	some people want to operate more than one disk drive (and perhaps 
	boot from either as well).  Christoph Robitschko provided one 
	description of this.  Since there are virtually limitless 
	possibilities for configurations for BSD systems, it will be 
	impossible to answer all of the possible questions about these 
	features.  Many people operate with multiple disk drives on one 
	or more controllers.  

	Yu-Han Ting provides this tutorial on partitioning and booting
	multiple systems with a single hard disk.

	After spending one day fighting with the nasty partition table, 
	finally I had NetBSD, DOS 5 (Sorry, I don't use DOS 6), and 
	OS/2 2.1 March beta co-existing on my hard drive.  Here is the 
	answer:

	Since that my original hard disk setup was corrupted by NetBSD's
	installation program, I decided to rebuild it.  I would like my 
	partition table looks like this:

	Partition 0: OS/2 2.1 beta (Primary, HPFS, C:)
	Partition 1: MS-DOS 5.0 (Primary, C:)
	Partition 2: MS-DOS 5.0 (Extended, D: & E:)
	Partition 3: NetBSD

	You will need the following tools before you can setup a similar 
	environment:

	1) Mr. Wolfram's OS-BS.  (It's an excellent boot selector, much
	   better than OS/2's boot manager, IMHO)
	2) PFDISK.EXE.  (It's available from wuarchive.wustl.edu:mirrors/
	   linux/dos_utils/pfdisktc.zip.)
	3) A binary editor.  I use Norton Utilities' DiskEdit.
	4) 386BSD's 'tinyBSD' distribution disk.

	After you have the necessary tools handy: 

	1) Use OS/2 'fdisk' to create partition 0.  Make it install-able 
	   and install the system as usual.
	2) Use OS/2 'fdisk' to create partition 1.  Assign drive C: to 
	   the partition.  Then reboot from DOS.
	3) Use DOS 'fdisk' to create the extended partition.  Assign logical
	   drive D and E to the partition.
	4) Reboot from DOS again.  Format drive C: (for DOS), D:, and E:.
	5) Use 'tinyBSD', NOT 'NetBSD', to boot the machine.  Create a genuine
	   386BSD partition.  Once the 386BSD partition has been made,
	   boot DOS from floppy and execute PFDISK.EXE.  For example, issue
	   the following commands once you get into DOS:

		C>pfdisk 0 <enter>
		pfdisk> L <enter>  ("pfdisk>" is the command prompt and "L"
				    is the actual command.)

	   The second line, i.e., command 'L', will tell you the starting
	   address and the length of each partition you have.  Record the
	   information for step 6.
	6) Reboot NetBSD from floppy.  Install NetBSD over the original
	   386BSD partition.  Fill out the information you get from step
	   5 to the installation program.  'halt' the system after you
	   have installed 'install2.fs'.
	   (Ed.Note:  This step is the same for 386bsd or NetBSD)
	7) Boot OS/2 from floppy.  Use fdisk to assign drive C: to the OS/2
	   partition.  In my case, partition 0.  Note that fdisk will
	   change the ID of partition 1 from '0x06' to '0x16'.  '0x06'
	   stands for 16-bit DOS FAT; while '0x16' stands for non-DOS
	   partition.  In the next step, we have to change '0x16' back to
	   '0x06' manually.  You can get the ID information by issuing "I"
	   under PFDISK.  It will tell you what the IDs represent.
	8) Boot DOS from floppy.  Use the binary editor to change the
	   partition type as stated in step 7.
	9) Install OS-BS under DOS.  Remember to enable "Modify startup ID
	   before booting".
	10) Now you can boot any partition w/o floppy diskettes during
	    startup. :)

	The above procedures may not be optimized.  But it works for me.  
	I won't spend anytime to deal with tedious work again :)

	You might feel strange why we need 'tinyBSD'.  Simply trust me.  
	By using 'tinyBSD' to create a partition for NetBSD, it will 
	make your life a lot easier.  Hope this helps.  

	Ed. Note:  The reason is because several versions of NetBSD and 
	FreeBSD will not label a disk that doesn't have a disklabel.  
	Catch-22.


	PS:  %%%%% REMEMBER TO BACKUP YOUR SYSTEM BEFORE YOU CONDUCT THE 
			EXPERIMENT !!! %%%%%

	Here is Christoph's explanation of how to set up a dual hard drive
	system so that the 386BSD/NetBSD system is stored entirely on the
	second hard drive.

	I have done this with two IDE drives. IDE+SCSI should be a bit 
	simpler.  There's a boot selector called BOOTEASY that can load 
	from the second drive (you can get it from 
	ftp.tu-graz.ac.at:pub/386BSD/0.1/unofficial/booteasy).

	What I have done to boot 386bsd from the second (IDE) drive:

	- installed booteasy on the first drive
	- (you can install booteasy on the second drive, too, if you
	  have multiple partitions there)
	- modified Julian's boot blocks to use the second drive per default
	  (Ed. Note:  See below for the illumination of this step)
	- rebuilt the kernel to have root and swap on wd1 (probably not
	  necessary for you, since your second disk is sd0, which is
	  already in the config file).

	It worked perfectly for me.

	This should also work with equal facility for 386bsd users.

	Julian Elischer (julian@jules.dialix.oz.au) adds:

	To make the bootcode default to drive 1 look in 
	/sys/{arch/}i386/boot/boot.c for the following (or similar.. It has 
	changed a little) code:

loadstart:
 
	/***************************************************************\
        * As a default set it to the first partition of the first	*
        * floppy or hard drive						*
  	\***************************************************************/
        part = unit = 0;
        maj = (drive&0x80 ? 0 : 2);             /* a good first bet */
        name = names[currname++];


	and change it to:


loadstart:

	/***************************************************************\
	* As a default set it to the first partition of the SECOND	*
	* floppy or hard drive						*
	\***************************************************************/
!	part = 0;
!	unit = 1;
	maj = (drive&0x80 ? 0 : 2);             /* a good first bet */
	name = names[currname++];

	And in yet another interation, Luke Mewburn (lm@yallara.cs.rmit.oz.au)
	decided to hack that a bit further in his NetBSD 0.9 (as_shipped i.e., 
	non-current) to set the drive to the unit which the boot blocks 
	loaded off.

	So, instead of:
		part = unit = 0;
	do:
		part = 0;
		unit = (drive & 0x7F);

	(the FAQ suggests `part = 0; unit = 1;' )

    	This way, whatever drive the bb's loaded from, it has that as
	default.  In my case, I get wd(0,a) when I have my netbsd drive as
	C:, and wd(1,a) when I have it as D:.  (I've been swapping drives
	left right and centre the last day getting dos to boot on one drive
	and netbsd on another).


2.5.4	How do I disklabel my second hard drive?

	The obvious answer is to use 'disklabel -w -r /dev/rwd1d'.  
	Unfortunately, this does not always put a real disklabel on the
	drive.  The symptom is that the drive labels and can be used
	until the system is reset, at which point the system tries to
	read the label from the disk.  It was never actually written to 
	the disk, so the operation fails.

	There are also reports that the /usr/mdec files are corrupted in 
	some of the distributions.  If you have tried everything else, you
	can either load the files from one of the many archive sites that
	keep the /usr/mdec files around, or you can recompile them 
	yourself.

	Mark Weaver (mhw@cs.brown.edu) provides us with an illuminating
	answer to this perplexing problem.

	I had the same problem and there is a simple solution.  I'm not 
	sure why this works, but it does.

	Instead of specifying the entire device path name (i.e. /dev/rsd0c), 
	only specify the two letters of the device type and the unit number 
	(i.e. "sd0").  Disklabel figures out the rest, and it works.

	For instance, the following line works for me:

	  disklabel -w -r sd0 <drive-type>

	assuming of course that the boot block files are in /usr/mdec/ and
	the <drive-type> is in the /etc/disktab.

	This is also a symptom of some of the versions of FreeBSD and 
	NetBSD where the disklabel code was 'fixed' to only write a 
	disklabel on a drive with a disklabel.  Oops.


2.5.5	386bsd/NetBSD/FreeBSD cannot handle disk geometry translations, 
	but it turns out that my disk geometry is translated.  It has 
	five zones, each with a different sec/track!  What kind of 
	things can I do about the disk translation my hard disk 
	controller uses?

	It turns out that what *BSD cannot handle is not translation, but
	translation that changes during the boot-up process.  For example,
	the configuration above will work just fine IF the translation
	that the controller uses when it powers up is the same one that it
	uses when it boots.  On many PC clones, the BIOS loads a different
	geometry after it boots to make the geometry agree with one that is
	loaded in CMOS.  This is the fatal flaw for *BSD.  Fortunately, 
	once the problem has been identified, it is relatively easy to
	handle.  Simply make sure that the BIOS is configured to set the
	controller to the translated geometry that the card powers up 
	with.
	
	There are several ways to get around these problems with disk 
	geometry translation.  If you are using a SCSI controller, you can
	specify the geometry such that each 'cylinder' is 1 Meg (64 sectors
	by 32 tracks for example).  Most SCSI controllers will blithely
	ignore what YOU tell it the geometry is and press on using this
	type of 1 Meg cylinder had to get the job done.  NOTE:  If you are
	going to try this, try to ensure that each 'pseudo cylinder' is a
	reasonable size (like 1Meg or 512K).

	An interesting method for dealing with disk geometry comes from 
	Alan Barrett (barrett@lucy.ee.und.ac.za):

	This sort of problem happens when you try to install NetBSD in a
	partition of a disk whose controller does geometry translation.  I
	have not had time to find the bug that causes the problem.  One 
	option is to disable the geometry translation:  Use ide_conf to 
	find the true geometry, use the CMOS setup program to tell your 
	BIOS about the true geometry, and reformat everything.  I 
	successfully did that on one of my systems.
	
	If you are not able to, or do not wish to, disable the geometry
	translation then the following work-around might work for you.  
	This requires that the disk have unused space on {cylinder 0, 
	head 0}, from sector 2 to sector 16.  Almost all DOS disks that 
	I have ever seen satisfy this condition, because they usually 
	start the DOS partition in {cylinder 0, head 0, sector 1}, 
	leaving most of {cylinder 0, head 0} unused apart from the 
	partition sector in {cylinder 0, head 0, sector 1}.  However, 
	many partitioning programs like to hide this fact from you, 
	and pretend that the DOS partition starts at the front of the 
	disk; don't believe them until you have checked with a raw 
	disk editor.

	    0.  Make sure you have adequate backups.

	    1.  Use a partition sector editor (fdisk, pfdisk, os-bs, 
	    	booteasy, Norton utilities, whatever) to mark the partition 
	    	that you want for NetBSD as bootable with type 0xA5 
	    	(decimal 165).

	    2.  Halt the system.  Boot the NetBSD kernel copy floppy.  
		When it asks you to insert the floppy for the root file 
		system, switch to the Install-1 floppy and press enter.

	    3.  Answer all the installation prompts, using numbers based 
		on the translated geometry.  When it asks if you really 
		want to label the disk, be brave and say yes.

	    4.  Halt the system.  Boot to DOS.  Run a disk editor program, 
		such as Norton utilities.

	    5.1.  Verify that the partition sector in {cyl 0, head 0, 
		sec 1} is undamaged.  Verify that the disklabel program 
		run as part of the NetBSD install has written the NetBSD 
		primary boot block to {cylinder xx, head 0, sector 1}, 
		written the disk label to {cyl xx, head 0, sec 2}, and 
		written the secondary boot program to {cyl xx, head 0, 
		sectors 3 to 16}.  ("xx" represents the translated 
		cylinder number you chose for the start of the NetBSD 
		partition.  You did choose to start on a cylinder boundary, 
		I hope.)

	    5.2.  Verify that the space in {cyl 0, head 0, sectors 2 to 
		16} is still available.  Copy the fifteen sectors containing 
		the NetBSD disk label and secondary boot block from {cyl 
		xx, head 0, sectors 2 to 16} to {cyl 0, head 0, sectors 2 
		to 16}.

	    5.3.  Edit the partition table in {cyl 0, head 0, sec 1}.  
		Change the system ID of the NetBSD partition from 0xA5 
		(decimal 165) to something else (I use 0xA4, decimal 164), 
		but keep it flagged as bootable.  This will let you boot 
		to the NetBSD primary boot block.

	    5.4.  Edit one of the previously unused partition table entries 
		(I hope you have one), to contain the following information: 
		{sys id = 0xA5, boot flag = 0, start cylinder/head/sector = 
		0/0/1, end cylinder/head/sector = anything, initial 
		offset = 0, total size = anything}.  This will tell the 
		NetBSD primary boot block, or a NetBSD system booted from 
		a floppy, that it should look for the NetBSD disk label 
		in {cyl 0, head 0, sec 2}.

	    6.  Halt the system.  Boot the NetBSD kernel copy floppy.  When it
	    	asks you to insert the floppy for the root file system, just 
	    	press enter without changing disks.

	    7.  Copy the kernel, and proceed with the rest of the installation 
	    	as per the instructions provided with NetBSD.  It should now 
	    	work because of the trickery with the partition table etc.

2.5.6	What are the options for the bootup prompt?

	The options are supposed to be as follows:

	-s............... boot into single user mode
	-a............... ask the user what device to use as root
			  just before mounting it (Not presently supported)
	-d............... once you have the kernel loaded and VM and such up
			  and going, drop into the kernel debugger.
			  (great for debugging probe code)
			  (not sure if this is presently working)


2.5.7	I am having trouble installing WRT 'syslogd: bind: Can't assign 
	requested address' errors.  What are some of the things I should
	look at?  I also am having trouble with the network: 'starting 
	network ... ifconfig: localhost: badvalue'.

	This is caused by incorrect settings in /etc/netstart and/or
	/etc/hosts.

	In /etc/hosts, you must have a line that says:

	127.0.0.1		localhost	localhost.my.domain

	Errors that will result if you don't do this: ifconfig will not
	be able to figure out what IP address goes with the name
	'localhost' and you'll get 'localhost: bad value.'

	In /etc/netstart, you must do:

	    ifconfig lo0 localhost
	    route add {hostname} localhost

	Errors that will result if you don't do this: the loopback
	device will not be properly configured and/or you will have no
	route to it. The result is that programs expecting to have
	networking enabled (including syslog and friends) will get
	horribly confused.

	*AND*, if you're not going to be directly connected to a
	network, you should change /etc/host.conf to say:

	    hosts
	    bind

	It's set up the other way around by default. I don't like it
	that way myself.

	Errors that can result if you don't do this: if you don't have
	a nameserver available to you, the resolver will have trouble 
	translating hostnames into IP addresses.  Bogosity levels will
	be off the scale. (Note also that if you do have access to a 
	nameserver, you need to set up /etc/resolv.conf to point to
	it.)  By changing the order, you'll be telling the resolver to
	check the host files for matches *first*, then roll over to the 
	nameserver (if any) if no match is found.

	Make sure that:

	- There are no typos in any of the three files mentioned above.
	- There are no bogus non-ASCII characters in the files
	mentioned above.
	- All three files have their read permission bits set.

	Lastly, be very careful with /etc/hosts.equiv. If you add a
	hostname to it, say 'otherhost.domain,' then root on
	otherhost.domain will be able to rsh/rlogin to your machine
	without a password.

	Once you have everything set correctly, you should be able to
	type 'telnet localhost' and establish a connection to yourself. 
	If you get an error such as 'localhost: unknown host' or
	'network unreachable' then you still have work to do.


2.6	Common installation problems.

	There are many common installation problems.  This section covers
	the most basic and common of these problems.  In addition to this
	section, you should also read through the other sections of the
	FAQ, since many of the less common questions are answered in other
	places in the doc.

2.6.1	Swap space not identified correctly.
	
	There are several levels of problems associated with swap space.  
	The first is that the swap space on a second disk will not get 
	used if it is not in your /etc/fstab file.  Your /etc/fstab should 
	have the swap space identified.  The following is a representative 
	fstab:
	
	/dev/wd0a		/		ufs  rw 1 1
	/dev/wd1b		swap		swap sw 0 0
	 
	Another common question is that the install program installs the
	swap partition in the 'b' partition, but does not mark it correctly
	as a swap partition.  The swapping software will use the swap 
	partition regardless of what it is called, but it should still be
	identified in the disklabel as the swap partition.  Use 'disklabel'
	to change the partition type from 'unused' to 'swap'.

	NOTE:  I mean it when I say that 386bsd will use the b: partition
	for swap without regard to what you called it.  If it was your 
	root partition, it will be toast the first time you try to swap
	a process out to disk.  I'm not kidding!


2.6.2	Endless reboot cycles.
	
	Endless reboot cycles are the single most vexing aspect of 386bsd.  
	Part of the problem is that the 0.1 distribution boot routines 
	were never checked against many types of computers and have bugs.  
	Most of the bugs are fixed in the patchkit, but that doesn't do 
	the average novice user any good.
	
	In general, this will show up as a "bad disk label" error, and 
	can result in in not booting from the hard drive "most of the time".  
	You may be able to partially (or even completely) work around this 
	problem by making your machine run at a lower clock rate.

	This problem is the result of the kernel reading the wrong register 
	waiting for the drive controller to come ready.  On some 
	controllers, this isn't a problem; on others, it's fatal.
	This problem is solved for almost all controllers in the patchkit
	and both FreeBSD and NetBSD.

	The correct solution is to use a patched "dist.fs" or "fixit.fs" 
	boot disk.  Since these are no longer available, using an
	unpatched 386BSD 0.1 is a not a possibility any longer if you
	have this problem.  You will have to upgrade to either FreeBSD 
	or NetBSD.

	Another incarnation of this symptom is that the disk geometry on 
	your disk label (as installed by install) is different than the 
	geometry that your hard drive controller thinks it is using.  This 
	will most often manifest itself on controllers that insist on 
	operating in some type of translation mode.  Normally the fix is to 
	find out what the controller geometry is and make the disk label 
	agree.  There are programs available to help with this problem.  

	Julian's new boot blocks may also solve this problem.  They are 
	available where fine precompiled kernels may be found.  Also, they
	are included in the patchkit as of version 0.2.2.


2.7	The computer just sits there, or 'that isn't right'.
	
	This class of problems is sometimes caused by an incorrect FTP of 
	the boot disk.  Make sure that the files were grabbed in 'binary' 
	mode and that the size reported back is 1244000 bytes.  Use the 
	Unix program 'dd' or the DOS program RAWRITE to put these files 
	onto the diskette.  In addition, this is the 'miscellaneous' 
	section of the FAQ.  These problems are included here because they
	are usually preceded by 'I just finished installing...'


2.7.1	The boot disk works all right on one computer but not another. 

	This could be a problem with many different pieces, some of which are: 

	- Misconfigured hardware.  The iomem, IRQ, and other board settings 
	must match the ones listed in the INSTALL.NOTES.  Unfortunately, the 
	INSTALL.NOTES are on the disk that will not boot.  You can grab them 
	via FTP from /pub/386BSD/386bsd-0.1/filesystem.

	- Unsupported hardware.  There are several SCSI controllers on the 
	market that are not fully supported by 386bsd.  The Ultrastore 24F 
	(when not running in ISA emulation mode) is a good example of this.  
	There are also some network cards that are not directly supported 
	in 386bsd.  If you get into a real bind, you can post a question 
	to comp.os.386bsd.questions, and one of the many experienced 386bsd 
	gurus that reads that group will probably try to help you.

	
2.7.2	Really strange errors in the various *BSD falvors.

2.7.2.1	I am using the original 386bsd 0.1 with no patches installed
	and I get flashing multicolored characters and  a "ptdi 81061"
	prompt error?
	
	Since 386BSD 0.1 is no longer available, you will have to
	upgrade to either FreeBSD or NetBSD, which both deal with this
	problem directly.
	

2.7.2.2	Using the new code in NetBSD, I get a "panic: pdti 206067" in 
	pmap_enter().  What should I do.

	Increase NKPDE in /sys/i386/include/pmap.h.  Be sure to keep
	the changes around as a patch file, since this is one of the
	files that will get overwritten during a source code update. 


2.7.3a	I get the error "isr 15 and error: isr 17" on an NE2000 card.
2.7.3b	I have some card on IRQ2 and it doesn't work; why?
2.7.3c	I am getting lousy performance out of my network card.  What are 
	    some of the other possibilities?
	
	The description of this problem is that one of the cards in your 
	system (most likely the VGA card) is either generating interrupts 
	or is causing the IRQ 2 to be actively disabled.  Older VGA card 
	uses IRQ 2 during vertical retrace to prevent sparklies.

	One solution would be to plan on not using your Ethernet card
	(or any other card you want on IRQ 2) until you have rebuilt
	the kernel so that it expects it at an interrupt other than 
	IRQ 2 or 9, re-jumper or reconfigure the card to match the IRQ 
	you have selected, and enable it.  
	
	From time to time, this problem will manifest itself as a general
	tendency of the network card to transfer either very sporadically
	or very slowly. It is precisely the same problem.

	James Van Artsdalen (james@bigtex.cactus.org) has offered at
	least one solution:
	
	    If this is the problem, you can use Scotch tape to cover
	    the IRQ 2 signal on the VGA's ISA connector.
	
	There has been some discussion as to whether scotch tape is really 
	appropriate inside a card slot.  My answer would be "yes".  This is 
	because the alternate solution of cutting the trace on the video 
	board seems, to my mind, to reduce the value of the board.  It is 
	possible that, in the future, with a bi-bipartite driver, you would 
	want to catch the retrace interrupt to get rid of "sparklies" or to 
	implement a driver for a very high resolution monitor for X.  If 
	this happens, given a choice between alcohol and solder, I vote for 
	alcohol.
	
	Either way, you will probably find that your VGA card uses IRQ 2
	strictly for compatibility with older cards.  With the advent of
	dual-ported memory for video cards, virtually all of these types
	of problems have disappeared.


2.7.4	What is the difference between IRQ2 and IRQ9?  Are they really
	the same, or are they really different?  

	On the XT, there was one interrupt controller, an Intel 8259, which
	handled 8 interrupts numbered IRQ0 through IRQ7.  IRQs 2 through 7
	were accessible via bus lines IRQ2 through IRQ7.

	The AT had two interrupt controllers.  Due to the design of the 
	8259, one has to be the master and the rest (up to 8) must be 
	slaves.  Each slave controller output its interrupt request to 
	and input on the master controller.  In the case of the AT, the
	master controller handles IRQ0 through IRQ7.  The slave handles
	IRQ8 through IRQ15.  The interrupt request from the slave to the
	master goes through IRQ2, which is termed the cascase input.

	This means. of course, that the bus line for IRQ2 could no longer
	be used for external interrupts.  Instead, the bus line that WAS
	IRQ2 in the XT became IRQ9 on the AT.  This whole issue is 
	confused further by the fact that some vendors refer to this
	external interrupt as IRQ2, while others refer to it as IRQ9.  In
	either case, if you are talking about an external interrupt, it
	means the same thing.

	BTW, IRQ8 is used for the Real Time Clock, and does not have an
	external interrupt.  Here is a map, in case anyone still needs it:

		Internal	External	Function
		IRQ0		n/a		Refresh/Timer
		IRQ1		n/a		Keyboard
		IRQ2		n/a		Cascade Input to Master
		IRQ3		IRQ3		Free (Com port)
		IRQ4		IRQ4		Free (Com port)
		IRQ5		IRQ5		Free 
		IRQ6		IRQ6		Free
		IRQ7		IRQ7		Free (Printer)
		IRQ8		n/a		Real Time Clock
		IRQ9		IRQ2		Free (Network card)
		IRQ10		IRQ10		Free

		etc.


2.7.5	Some of my SCSI devices (like a tape drive) don't work; why?
	
	That is because the original SCSI drivers didn't recognize any 
	devices past the first two (ID 0 and ID 1).  Also, there was a bug 
	in the distribution floppy regarding the devices at ID 6.  The 
	'dev' files for that id need to be remade.  Use MAKEDEV to do that.

	The disks and tapes will be recognized and configured when they 
	are first accessed. 
	
	A new and improved SCSI driver has been written by Julian Elischer 
	and is available from many sources.  It includes support for many 
	new types of SCSI controllers and many devices that are thereby 
	attached.  This driver is included in the patchkit.

	In addition, many of these types of devices are supported in 
	FreeBSD and NetBSD.  If one of the devices you are interested
	in using is not supported in 386BSD, you might try one of these
	newer systems.

	Even with the newer systems, you run the risk of having a 
	problem with a SCSI device from time to time.  There are some
	cards (like the new Adaptec 27* series) that software drivers 
	are either not in the works or the documentation is simply
	unavailable.  Another culprit here is that some machines are
	very touchy about the quality and length of cables, as well 
	as SCSI IDs.  There was one report of a older hard drive that
	took a little longer to spin up than the rest of the drives
	in the chain.  Whenever this drive was put early in the ID
	string (like 1 or 2) it would be 'not found' but if it was
	placed near the end (like after the tape drive) it would have
	spun up and been found.

	Who says computers are logical?


2.7.6	I try to run 'ps' or 'w' and get ': cannot get namelist'
	from the TinyBSD kernel.  What did I do wrong?

	Nothing.  There is a class of programs that interact directly
	with the current kernel.  These programs include 'ps', 'w',
	'uptime', and others.  The kernel on the TinyBSD disk is not
	capable of supporting these programs because the symbol table
	that these programs use has been stripped out of the kernel to
	save space.  The easiest way to fix this is to get a different 
	kernel (build it yourself).  Of course, you can have a fully
	functional system with these programs, but they are nice to have.  


2.7.7	I get a 'Floating point constant out of range' when I try to
	compile package 'n'.  What is broke?

	This problem was encountered during many package compilations, 
	including compiling gcc-2.3.3 under NetBSD-0.8.  

	NetBSD-0.9, and presumably FreeBSD, contain a repaired printf()
	function, which corrects this problem.  The easiest solution for
	this (and MANY other) problems is to upgrade.  In addition, these
	systems also include gcc-2.3.3 (or newer) as the default compiler.

	There is also a circular dependency for protoize.o/unprotoize.o 
	in the Makefile. Add the lines
 
	      touch protoize.o
	      touch unprotoize.o
 
	after the line:

	      touch stamp-proto
 
	After this "make bootstrap" will run to completion.

	gas apparently has bugs too.  It should produce +Infinity.  I 
	think it is OK internally but it may be trusting the library 
	too much.  gcc can easily be changed to avoid printf for output, 
	but input is harder.
 
 	One of the problems is that various pieces of code rely on the
 	value of DBL_MAX.  A kludge to fix it is to change the line
 	below:

	#define DBL_MAX         1.7976931348623157E+308

	One value that works is
 
 	#define DBL_MAX         1.7976931348623147E+308
	                                        ^ was 5

	This is a kludge, but it does mostly work.


	The problem is entirely in printf() (really in cvt()), NOT in
	atof().  I have inspected the output of atof() bit by bit, and 
	it is well within IEEE specification.

	The digits `157' are the `best' approximation.

	The code for printf() generates a representation which is not even 
	in the range of doubles.  Below are the details:

	atof("1.7976931348623157e+308") returns 
	
	 	0x7fefffffffffffff

	which is the maximum double value and is correct.  However, 
	printf() of the previous yields `1.7976931348623168e+308', which 
	isn't even within the floating point range.  It is clearly printf() 
	that is broken, and a quick inspection of the code is enough to 
	determine that it uses a pessimal algorithm.

	atof() has been tested with many other values, and it has never 
	been off by more than is allowed by IEEE 754 (though it is not 
	optimal).


2.7.8	I want to use the Adaptec 1542C SCSI controller.  What are the 
	problems/tricks you need to know to get it working?

	The first thing to check when trying to use the 1542C is the setting 
	of 'Enable Disconnection' under the 'SCSI Device Configuration' 
	menu.  It should be set to YES for all devices, as the manual warns 
	you. 

	Matthias Urlichs (urlichs@smurf.ira.uka.de) has provided this 
	description of the types of things that can cause problems for the
	controller and devices attached to it.
	
	The problem is that the Adaptec 1542C has (a) rather powerful line 
	drivers, and (b) is sensitive to transient signals which can be 
	induced by them via either a bad cable or a bad external terminator.

	A bad cable is almost any cable which doesn't meet SCSI-2 specs.

	A bad external terminator is one which doesn't adequately buffer 
	its resistor network.

	So...

	- Remove the internal terminator from the last drive in your chain. 
	  Replace with an active SCSI-2 external terminator.  Side 
	  improvement: active terminators consume a bit less power.

	- Check cables.  Specifically, some cables carry less than the 
	  nominal 50 signal wires. Manufacturers sometimes think they can 
	  get away with this because almost all odd-numbered pins are GROUND 
	  anyway. So, if pins 1 and 3 or 3 and 5 are connected, you're 
	  likely to have a marginal cable.

	- Make sure that the terminator power is supplied by all devices 
	  and that the power pin is actually connected on your cable. The 
	  problem here is that some idiot device manufacturers save on 
	  2-cent diodes, which means that the thing will pull terminator 
	  power to ground if it's not plugged in.  (Two of these on one 
	  bus are even worse.)

	- Consider creating your own cabling. Take a 50-wire flat ribbon 
	  and press the appropriate connectors onto it in precisely the 
	  right places. (Move your devices as to minimize cable length.) 
	  Be aware that if a device has two external connectors, you must 
	  take the SCSI bus in at one connector and out at the other 
	  -- don't leave the other connector dangling; this isn't within 
	  the SCSI specs because the cable usually is too long.

	- Better but more expensive: use 2-twisted cable. (I.e., wires 1&2 
	  are twisted around each other, wire 3&4, ...) This will improve 
	  reliability because the wires are twisted at different rates. 
	  These cables have short non-twisted segments every 50 cm (1.5') 
	  so that you can press on your connectors instead of heating up 
	  that soldering iron.

	- While you're rebuilding your system anyway...: If you have more 
	  than one drive per power supply, check if these drives have 
	  adequate condensors to buffer their power.  I have two 80-MB 
	  Seagates which refused to work more than a few hours without 
	  glitches -- then I soldered two 10-uF Tantals onto their power 
	  connector and they've been flawless ever since.

	The terminator power is pin 26. Be aware that SCSI counts pins as 
	they appear on a ribbon cable, not as they're sometimes numbered 
	on the connectors.  Pin 25 is supposed to be disconnected.

2.7.9	Did anyone ever find out on how to use the 3c509 etherlink III 
	card yet for bsd?

	Herb Peyerl (hpeyerl@fsa.ca) responds:

	I have a mostly working 3c509 driver that I've been working on 
	for far too long.  There are a couple of problems with it that 
	I've addressed (in my mind mostly).  I have several things I have 
	to do before I can go back to working on it (mostly Windsurfing, 
	waterskiing, suntanning, climbing, and drinking)...

	I have yet to look at the recently announced Linux 3c509 driver 
	but plan to do that to see if it can address any of the problems 
	that I'm having.

	I always offer to give out my existing code on the off chance i
	that someone has more energy and time than I do to get it working.
	But invariably I end up getting requests to photocopy and mail my 
	documentation which is something I'm tiring of doing.

	So, to everyone who's waiting for a 3c509 driver, I say "keep 
	waiting, it'll happen someday"...


2.8	Other common problems that are attributed to the installation
	process but are caused other places.
	
2.8.1	Why don't the man pages for "magic" and "file" work?

	The manual page for magic and file all have two dots before the 
	commands,  e.g.. "..SH" it should be ".SH" just delete one of the 
	double dots in the whole file and then it will work.  These man 
	pages are fixed by both the patch-kit, NetBSD, and FreeBSD.  The
	only time this problem every occurs is when you are using the
	distribution from one of the old CD-ROM distributions are get the
	original 386bsd 0.1 release.


2.8.2	Why is apropos broke?

	The Makefile in /usr/othersrc/share/man/Makefile creates the 
	whatis.db.  The problem is that it doesn't strip the backspaces in 
	the title and apropos can't handle that.  So add a "col -b" to strip 
	those.

	excerpt from the Makefile.

	makedb:
	   for file in `find /usr/share/man -type f -name '*.0' -print`; do \
		sed -n -f /usr/share/man/makewhatis.sed $$file; \
	   done | col -b | sort -u > whatis.db
	   install -o ${BINOWN} -g ${BINGRP} -m 444 whatis.db \
	              ${DESTDIR}/usr/share/man

	This problem is also solved in the patchkit, and other *BSD releases.

	Also, if the Makefile is moved to the /usr/share/man directory, the 
	whatis.db will reside where it needs to eventually reside, and the 
	install will wipe it out.  An easy fix for that problem is to change 
	the two references of whatis.db in the excerpt above to 
	/tmp/whatis.db.  This will ensure the file is correctly built and 
	installed.


2.8.3	I want to use more than 16 Megabytes of memory.  Will any of the 
	BSD based systems support it?

	Early on, 386bsd 0.1 would choke radically on any system that had
	more than 8M of memory.  With the advent of the patchkit, this 
	problem was, for the most part, solved; memory could then expand to
	the 16M limit inherent in the ISA bus.

	As people started using VESA and EISA busses, however, attempts 
	were made to push the envelope even further.  Memory limits have 
	expanded seemingly without limit.  Since the EISA bus (for example) 
	has 32 address lines, it is capable of supporting more memory than 
	the ISA bus with its 24 address lines.  While the 386 and 486 are
	capable of addresses up to 4 Gigabytes (considerably more than the 
	ISA bus allows) the ISA bus is still the primary limitation.

	When using NetBSD and FreeBSD, there is no SOFTWARE limitation on 
	more than 16Meg of memory.  There are still hardware limitations.
	The limit is caused by DMA controllers which copy memory images
	around the system.  Many cards which people use in VESA and EISA
	machines either emulate ISA cards (in order to work with *BSD) or
	are really ISA cards.  There are reports of people having trouble 
	with more than 64Meg of memory, but anyone rich enough to have
	that kind of memory should be paying for his OS. :-)

	Jordan K Hubbard (jkh@thrush.lotus.com) has provided this 
	explanation of the distinction:

	Just so long as you're using a DMA-using disk controller in EISA 
	mode, rather than ISA mode, you can use more than 16 Meg of memory.

	For those who may find such a distinction confusing, let me explain:

	You can use an ISA controller (such as an Adaptec 1542) in an EISA
	machine, but as it will still think it's in an ISA box and refuse to
	use the extra address lines, this is no different than having an
	ISA machine as far as >16MB is concerned.

	You can use an EISA controller in "ISA mode", meaning it uses the
	older protocols for compatability reasons (examples being Adaptec 
	1742 in "standard" mode, DTC 3290 in "Adaptec" mode, etc) and 
	again, does not use the extra address lines.

	The only way to get full EISA, 32MB-of-memory-and-everything, mode 
	is to use an EISA controller in full EISA mode (for Adaptec 1742, 
	this is "enhanced" mode, for DTC 3290 it's "DTC" mode).

	- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

	In addition, several other types of EISA controllers which do NOT
	use DMA will not cause problems.  IDE, ESDI, and RLL controllers
	are examples of this type of card.  The discussion above also applies
	to VESA and VLB cards. 

	So, the bottom line is that you are limited to the amount of memory
	that your DMA equipped devices can access.  Once again, the weakest
	link is the strength of your machine.


2.8.4	I tried to use a device in my computer that should be there.  When 
	I did, I got a "Device not configured error."  What do I do now?

	Garrett A. Wollman (wollman@emba.uvm.edu) provides us with this
	brief discussion in answer to a specific question.  It wears well
	as a generic answer as well.

	When any program tells you ``Device not configured'', it's trying 
	to tell you something very important about what you tried to do:
	namely, that the device you tried to access is not configured 
	into the running operating system.  This is the error message 
	corresponding to ENXIO.

	There are three major causes for this error:

	1) The kind of device you requested was not configured into the
	   system.  This is R.W.'s problem; the generic kernels 
	   are not distributed with the Berkeley Packet Filter enabled by 
	   default.  To correct this, you must add the appropriate device or
	   pseudo-device to your kernel configuration file and recompile.  
	   (In this particular case, `pseudo-device bpfilter
	   number-of-network-interfaces'.)

	2) The kind of device you requested was configured into the system,
	   but either the device you requested would use more than the
	   maximum you configured into the system, or if a physical device,
	   was not found during autoconfiguration.  To solve this, either
	   change your configuration file, or change the I/O settings on the
	   device to match what the file says.

	3) The major or minor device number specified by the device's
	   entry(ies) in /dev is incorrect.  To solve this, re-MAKEDEV the
	   device (read the MAKEDEV script for more details).  Hopefully
	   whatever change caused the kernel's internal device tables to get
	   changed also updated your MAKEDEV script; otherwise, you will have
	   to grovel through the kernel to see what is going on.

-- 
TSgt Dave Burgess           | Dave Burgess
NCOIC, USSTRATCOM/J6844     | *BSD FAQ Maintainer
Offutt AFB, NE              | Burgess@cynjut.infonet.net or ...@s069.infonet...
                               

From: burgess@cynjut.infonet.net (Dave Burgess)
Newsgroups: comp.os.386bsd.announce,comp.answers,news.answers
Subject: [comp.os.386bsd] BNR/2 derived BSD for PCs FAQ (Part 4 of 10)
Date: 13 Aug 1994 19:01:01 -0500
Organization: Dave's House in Omaha
Message-ID: <386bsd-faq-4-776822434@cynjut.infonet.net>

Posted-By: auto-faq 3.1.1.2
Archive-name: 386bsd-faq/part4

Section 3.	(Kernel Building and Maintenance)

3.0	System Internals
	
	One of the interesting aspects of *BSD is the fact that it comes 
	with the complete source.  This allows you to make changes to the 
	system, recompile, and test out your new ideas.  This section of 
	the FAQ describes many of the different aspects of this endeavor 
	and common problems and pitfalls that are encountered.  Kevin Lahey 
	provided the substantial portion of this section.  You can contact 
	him via E-Mail at (kml@rokkaku.atl.ga.us) or contact Dave Burgess 
	(burgess@cynjut.infonet.net).

3.1	Kernel

3.1.1	How do I build a kernel?

	The kernel can be compiled in a variety of ways to support different 
	devices and configurations.  Compilation is controlled by a config 
	file that specifies the characteristics of the kernel.  A set of 
	different config files is located in /sys/i386/conf or 
	/sys/arch/i386/conf.  The configuration file names are in upper case.

	To build a particular kernel (in this example, we use the GENERICISA
	configuration file in NetBSD or FreeBSD):

	% cd /sys/i386/conf
	% config GENERICISA
	% cd /sys/compile/GENERICISA
	% make depend
	% make

	If you are using 386bsd 0.1, you'll need patch 1 from the patchkit 
	to get the compilation to work, because the version file isn't 
	correctly included in the Makefile.

	In NetBSD, since there are multiple architectures supported, there
	is an architecture line in the middle of the path to these files.
	See the build.kernel script in section 3.8 for more information.


3.1.2	I want to do one of the following things:
	* add a device not in the distributed kernel (third com
	  port, additional disk or tape, line printer driver, etc).
	* use a patch from the net or the patchkit to fix a kernel bug.
	* add another swap device.
	* recompile the kernel to remove extraneous devices so that
	  it takes up less space.
	* configure more pseudo-terminals to allow for more xterms
	  or network logins.
	
	You're going to have to recompile the kernel after you modify the 
	config file.  See section 3.2 below for more information about the 
	config file in general.
	

3.1.3	I don't have the source distribution -- how can I rebuild the
	kernel?

	There are reference sites available, as well as the 'good 
	net-neighbor' policy, whereby you could make arrangements 
	with a net neighbor to use a large local machine as a Network 
	File System (NFS), or allow you to compile a new kernel on 
	their machine and transfer it to yours.  You can also ask for 
	help from comp.os.386bsd.questions if you get stuck and cannot 
	make any headway.


3.1.4	Now that I have a kernel, how do I install it?

	Your kernel is called /386bsd or /netbsd.  Copy the new kernel
	from /sys/compile/GENERICISA/386bsd to /, assuming that it is 
	in that directory.  This is relatively straightforward; there 
	are a couple of things to remember, though.  First, if you 
	really screw up the new kernel, you want to have something to 
	fall back on, so be sure to save /386bsd to /386bsd.old before 
	copying in a new kernel.  Second, if you just copy the new 
	kernel over the currently running kernel, funny things can 
	happen.  Be sure to move aside the currently running kernel 
	before copying over the new one.  

	There are folks that have reported that overwriting their
	current kernel has never caused them any real problems.  On the  
	other hand, if the old kernel was working and the new one 
	doesn't, and you have made changes that require that old 
	kernel, it should be available to the system, and saving it 
	to /386bsd.alt or /386bsd.old are reasonable things to do.

	If you are really paranoid, you can mount a new fixit floppy 
	and replace its kernel with the one you just built, and then
	boot from the fixit floppy to make sure everything will work.
	This is a pretty good idea if you are making radical changes or
	if you are unsure about your changes.
  

3.1.5	After installing the patchkit and recompiling the kernel with the
	option "WD8013", I am no longer able to reboot the machine.  A
	cold boot (power on) runs fine, but after a reboot no boot drive
	is found by the BIOS.  Besides having a 16-bit WD/SMC Ethernet
	card installed the machines try to boot using either a Adaptec
	1742 or 1542 SCSI board to boot from.

	This answer was provided by Hellmuth Michaelis (hm@hcshh.hcs.de)
	and by Rodney Grimes (rgrimes@acacia).

	Remove "option WD8013" from the config files and recompile and
	reinstall the kernel. 

	The reason that option WD8013 often causes this reboot problem is 
	this:
	
	There is a requirement that all memory within a 128k bank in the
	0xA0000 to 0xFFFFF region be either 16-bit or 8-bit.  On a cold 
	boot, the WD8013 boards are reset to 8-bit mode, the POST
	(Power On Self Test) passes without error.  386bsd comes up, the 
	if_we.c driver places the WD8013 in 16-bit mode.  Now on a soft boot
	when the BIOS runs some quick POST tests it finds a problem in the 
	0xA000 to 0xF000 region.  You probably get a "beep-beep" when this
	happens.  It means you have a memory size conflict.
	The machine has been mis-configured.
	
	This is a little known fact about 16-bit vs 8-bit option cards.
	It has caused more than one person to go crazy tracking down
	what they swear is a bug in the program.  It is not, it is a
	flaw in the design of the ISA bus.  The signal MEMCS16- must be 
	returned the same for every 128k block of memory:
	
		B0000-CFFFF	Must all be either 8-bit or 16-bit.
		D0000-FFFFF	Must all be either 8-bit or 16-bit.
	
	In your particular configuration (WD8013 @ cc000) I suspect that
	you have another board in the B0000-CFFFFF region that is 8-bit, 
	i.e.  your Adaptec has an 8-bit BIOS on it!
	
	Try moving the board to the 0xD0000 region and see if it works 
	there, you may still have a problem as many modern system BIOSes
	are now 8-bit.  If your system BIOS is 8-bit, try shadowing the
	system BIOS region at 0xF0000 to 0xFFFFF, this effectively turns 
	it into a 16-bit BIOS.  

	Do not attempt to shadow the WD8013, it will cause you many
	headaches.
	
	As always, works for me, you mileage may vary..
	

3.1.6	My system is complaining about stray interrupt 7.  Is my machine 
	going to explode or anything?

	No.  They are caused by lots of things.  They are, as far as
	anyone that should be expected to know about this stuff, harmless.
	There are ramifications on them being there, but for MOST users
	they do not pose a real threat to your operations.  For those of
	you that are doing REALLY interrupt intensive stuff, you may want
	to grab a technical reference and figure out why the 8259 is not
	getting reset correctly.

	In spite of the number of times this has come up (and people have
	even referenced this section) there are still at least two 
	questions on the net about this.  A memorable one was a guy who
	was just vehement that the stray int 7 was what was keeping his
	system from booting.  In fact, he went so far as to say that this
	document was practically worthless because I didn't tell him how
	to fix it.  Of course, once he configured his hard drive controller 
	so that it was on the right interrupt, his booting problem went 
	away.  I have said it before and I will say it again.  For MOST 
	users they do not pose a real threat to your operations.
	I have heard of three people (out of at least 2000) that have
	actually have problems so bad that they couldn't proceed.  They
	bought new computers, and the problem went away.

	These stray interrupts are caused by something in the PC.  
	I have yet to see a convincing explanation of precisely what,
	but they are definitely caused by something.  There are four
	ways to deal with this problem.

	1)  Ignore them.  They are spurious and do not effect the
	operation of your computer.

	2)  Implement the lpt driver.  This way, the driver traps 
	(the lpt driver expects IRQ 7) and then quietly discards them.  
	That is why when folks implement the lpt driver the 'problem' 
	goes away.  The computer is taught how to ignore them.

	3)  Do what the original 386bsd code did.  Comment out the
	diagnostic and associated code that tries to deal with them so
	you don't see the error message.

	4)  Buy a new computer that doesn't cause this problem.   It is a
	known hardware problem with the 8259 being reset incorrectly in
	hardware.

	
3.1.7	I found a bug in the kernel.  How do I report it?

	Both NetBSD and FreeBSD include a facility called 'bugfiler'.  
	While the instructions are included in both system, there is 
	still some apparent confusion about when to use (and when to
	NOT use) bugfiler.

	Jordan K. Hubbard (jkh@whisker.lotus.ie)  provides us with this
	short article for FreeBSD.

	To send bug reports, you want to use the sendbug(1) command.
	The entire package for sending and filing these bugs is known 
	as "the bugfiler", which is where the confusion stepped in, 
	but sendbug is definately the command you want to use.

	Second, it doesn't take a "net connection" to use sendbug, 
	since all it does is package up your "bug report form" and mail 
	it to us; no direct internet connectivity is required, just mail.

	So if you can send internet mail you can use sendbug, or you can 
	also send mail to the `FreeBSD-bugs@freefall.cdrom.com' address 
	(do NOT send it to FreeBSD.cdrom.com since it will BOUNCE, this 
	is not the place to send bugs to, just to ftp stuff from!).

	NetBSD has a similar facility, but has a different program and
	host for bug reports.  The program for NetBSD is called send-pr
	and is slightly different in several respects.  It is
	recommended that NetBSD users see the man page on send-pr
	before filing bug reports.


3.1.8	Can someone please give a reasonably clear set of instructions 
	as to how to get a "current" version of NetBSD running?

	Marc Wandschneider <marcwan@microsoft.com> provided this
	description of what he did to upgrade to the (then) current
	version of NetBSD:

	1. Delete the old source tree, saving what I wanted to (a bunch
	of files moved around, and just unpacking the new one over the
	old will cause some problems)

	2. Unpacked the new source tree.

	3. ran the following sequence of commands:

		cd /usr/src/share/mk; make install
		cd /usr/src/include; make && make install
   		setenv LDSTATIC -static
   		setenv NOPIC
		cd /usr/src/lib/libc; make && make install
		cd /usr/src/gnu/lib/libmalloc; make && make install
   		cd /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/gas; make && make install
   		cd /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/ld; make && make install
		# You'll probably get some barfage from the above because 
		# ld.so won't build yet.  Ignore it and install ld anyway.
   		cd /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/gcc; make && make install
   		unsetenv NOPIC LDSTATIC
   		cd /usr/src/lib ; make && make install
   		cd /usr/src/gnu/lib ; make && make install
		cd /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/ld; make && make install
   		cd /usr/src; make && make install

	At some point during the installation, your system will be 
	fixed enough that many of these steps will no longer be required.
	For example, the new 'make' defines the variables OBJDIR and 
	MACHINE_ARCH for you, so you will not need those  once you get to
	that point.  Until then, the following procedure may suit your
	needs better.

		#! /bin/csh

		unsetenv NOPIC LDSTATIC
		setenv MACHINE_ARCH i386
		# Pick one of these three setenv lines.
		#  setenv MAKE "make clean "
		#  setenv MAKE "make obj "
  		  setenv MAKE  
		cd /usr/src/share/mk 
 		  make install
		cd /usr/src/include 
		   $MAKE
		   make && make install
		setenv LDSTATIC -static
		setenv NOPIC
		cd /usr/src/usr.bin/make
		   $MAKE 
		   make && make install
		
		cd /usr/src/usr.bin/rpcgen
		   $MAKE 
		   make && make install
		
		cd /usr/src/lib/libc 
		   $MAKE 
		   make && make install
		
		cd /usr/src/gnu/lib/libmalloc
		   $MAKE 
		   make && make install
		
		cd /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/gas
		   $MAKE 
		   make && make install
		
		cd /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/ld
		   $MAKE 
		   make && make install
		
		cd /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/gcc2 
		   $MAKE 
		   make && make install
		
		#
		unsetenv NOPIC LDSTATIC
		
		cd /usr/src/lib 
		   $MAKE 
		   make && make install
		
		cd /usr/src/gnu/lib 
		   $MAKE 
		   make && make install
		
		cd /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/ld 
		   $MAKE 
		   make && make install
		
		cd /usr/src 
		   make && make install
		
		
	NOTE: At some point, you might very well come across an
	unresolved external __DYNAMIC in crt0.o.  If this happens, edit
	the makefile for crt0.o (lib/csu/i386) and remove the -DDYNAMIC 
	flag) make && make install.  Then put the flag back in the
	makefile (but don't rebuild it until the natural order of things 
	dicates that it happen)

	And Theo Deraadt provides this guidance when you get an error
	like "init_main.o: Undefined symbol _pdevinit referenced from
	text segment."

	You need to
		(1) install new config
		(2) make clean
		(3) re-config your kernel
	then this goes away


3.2	What exactly is this config file, anyway?  What are all of these 
	cryptic notations?

	I've annotated the distributed 386bsd GENERICISA file;  my comments 
	are delineated by the '--' symbols.  

	THIS IS NOT A COOK-BOOK.  YOU WILL NEED TO DO THE RESEARCH (LIKE
	LOOKING AT THE 20 OTHER CONFIG FILES) TO SEE WHAT IS CURRENT AND
	WHAT YOU WILL NEED IN YOUR CONFIG FILE.

	#
	# GENERICISA -- Generic ISA machine -- distribution floppy
	#
--  BSD can be compiled for different hardware platforms, so it is important to
--  define the hardware types.  386bsd can only be built for 386 or
--  compatible machines, so this is sort of superfluous, but maintains
--  compatibility with standard BSD config files.
	machine		"i386"
	cpu		"i386"
--  The ident describes the machine for which this kernel is to be built.
--  It is usually the system name -- "ROKKAKU", "REF", or whatever.
--  This can be used for conditional compilation, so that kernel changes
--  can be compiled in only for one machine.
	ident		GENERICISA
--  This should indicate the timezone of the system relative the
--  Greenwich.   8 is PST;  4 is EST.  A fuller explanation is provided
--  below.
	timezone	8 dst 7
--  maxusers isn't strictly checked;  it is just used to size several
--  system data parameters.
	maxusers	10
--  The options control the conditional compilation of features into the
--  kernel.  The options can be listed all on a line separated by commas.
--  They are #define'ed when the kernel is compiled, so that #ifdef's
--  will work.  An option can be given a value by appending an equals sign
--  and a value (enclosed in double quotes) to the option name.
	
--  Hopefully the names are at least somewhat self-explanatory.  To
--  discover what everything does, you'd have to go through the kernel
--  looking for all of the appropriate #ifdef's.
	
--  [Perhaps somebody else could list the *exact* meanings of these
--  options and some of the other possible options?]
	options		INET,ISOFS,NFS
	options		"COMPAT_43"
	options		"TCP_COMPAT_42"
	
--  The config line controls the location of the root, swap, and dump
--  devices.  Anything not specified is defaulted.  This is where you add
--  support for multiple swap devices.  Just list 'em, separated by 'and'.
--  The config line below identifies the root drive as wd0 and the
--  swap drives as wd0 and as0.  See the section on swap devices in FAQ_02
--  for additional information.
	config		"386bsd"	root on wd0 swap on wd0 and as0
--  A 'controller' is a device or bus controller.  'isa' is obviously for
--  the ISA bus.  'wd0' is for regular disk controllers,  'fd0' is for the
--  floppies, and 'as0' is for SCSI disk controllers.
	controller	isa0
--  The fields work as follows:
	
--  a.  What do you call this device?  
--  b.  What controller is this on?  As you can see, the disk controller
--  talks to the ISA bus, and the disks talk to the disk controller.
--  c.  Where are the registers for the controller mapped into memory?
--  This is #defined in /sys/i386/isa/isa.h.
--  d.  What IRQ is this device set up for?
--  e.  What routine should be called on an interrupt from the device?
	
--			 a          b           c             d           e
--			vvv        vvv       vvvvvvv          vv        vvvvvv
	controller	wd0	at isa? port "IO_WD1" bio irq 14 vector wdintr
--  You need a 'disk' entry for every disk on the controller.  In the
--  config file originally shipped with 386bsd, both hard disks were 
--  incorrectly identified as wd0.  Be sure to change the second occurrence 
--  to wd1, as I have done in below.
	disk		wd0	at wd0 drive 0
	disk		wd1	at wd0 drive 1
	
	controller	fd0	at isa? port "IO_FD1" bio irq 6 drq 2 vector fdintr
	disk		fd0	at fd0 drive 0
	disk		fd1	at fd0 drive 1

--  The 'drq' specifies the channel used for bus-mastering DMA.
	controller	as0	at isa? port 0x330 bio irq 11 drq 5 vector asintr
	disk		as0	at as0 drive 0
	disk		as1	at as0 drive 1

--  Define other physical devices.  pc0 is the keyboard, npx0 drives the
--  math coprocessor, and com* controls the com ports.
	device		pc0	at isa? port "IO_KBD" tty irq 1 vector pcrint
	device		npx0	at isa? port "IO_NPX" irq 13 vector npxintr
	device		com1	at isa? port "IO_COM1" tty irq 4 vector comintr
	device		com2	at isa? port "IO_COM2" tty irq 3 vector comintr
	
--  Ethernet drivers of various sorts and the particular configuration
--  information they require.  For most installations, only one of these 
--  devices would normally be defined.
	device we0 at isa? port 0x280 net irq 2 iomem 0xd0000 iosiz 8192 vector weintr
	device ne0 at isa? port 0x300 net irq 2 vector neintr
	device ec0 at isa? port 0x250 net irq 2 iomem 0xd8000 iosiz 8192 vector ecintr
	device is0 at isa? port 0x280 net irq 10 drq 7 vector isintr

--  Tape driver
	device		wt0	at isa? port 0x300 bio irq 5 drq 1 vector wtintr
	
--  The TCP/IP loop-back device, ethernet interface, slip interface, log
--  device, and pseudo-terminals.
	pseudo-device	loop
	pseudo-device	ether
	pseudo-device	sl	2
	pseudo-device	log
	pseudo-device	pty	4
	
--  Devices required by VM. 
	pseudo-device	swappager
	pseudo-device	vnodepager
	pseudo-device	devpager

	Normally, there is an annotated configuration file called ALL which
	gives a list of all of the options for the configuration file.
	
	The configuration file that was used to create the list above
	was for a 386BSD system.  Many things have changed in the
	config files for NetBSD and FreeBSD.  As an example, the
	psuedo-devices swappager, vnodepager, and devpager are now full
	fledged devices.  Like it said up at the top, use the config
	files that come with your system as a basis for your own
	experiments in kernel building.

3.2.1	Okay, fine.  Why shouldn't I just add every device I can find to
	the kernel, so I'll never have to recompile this again?

	Because it takes up space.  The kernel is wired into memory, so 
	every byte it uses comes out of the pool of memory for everything 
	else.  It can't page out sections that aren't in use.  If your 
	kernel is larger than 640K, then it can't be loaded.  You'll need 
	to use Julian Elischer's bootblocks to put it in high memory, which 
	seem to be fairly complex.  Installing them (once they are 
	compiled) is as easy as using disklabel.

	Newer versions of the *BSD kith provide the capability to build
	a kernel that is larger than 640K.  Complete instructions are
	provided in the appropriate systems.


3.2.2	What should I remove from the kernel?

	What do you need?  If you only have an SCSI controller, you don't 
	need the wd0 device;  if you have another kind of disk controller, 
	you don't need as0.  Unless you actually HAVE more than one Ethernet 
	controller, you should comment out all but one of them.  If you don't 
	have an ethernet controller, you don't need any of the controllers or 
	NFS compiled in.   Without a CD-ROM, ISOFS is kind of pointless.  Just 
	look at what you have and think about what you really need.


3.2.3	I can't get enough remote login sessions or xterm sessions.  I also
	can only get four seesions working at a time.  What can I do?

	Increase the count of pseudo-terminals --

	pseudo-device	pty	12  # or whatever

	Every pseudo terminal should have a /dev/pty* entry.  If you have 12
	pseudo terminals, you should also have at least 12 pty devices in the
	/dev directory.  The MAKEDEV script in /dev will create as many pseudo-
	terminals as you tell it to.


3.2.4	How do I get ddb, the kernel debugger, compiled into the kernel
	and running?

	Add the following line to the configuration file:

	pseudo-device	ddb

	Build the kernel, then run dbsym on it:

	% dbsym ./386bsd

	Install it and go for it.  Ctl-Alt-Esc drops you into the debugger.

	Note: DDB as shipped originally is a memory hog, and it is very
	difficult to get a kernel small enough with enough fun things in it
	to debug in 640K


3.2.5	Can I have more than one config file?  Should I rename it to something
	else?  Any other hints?  

	You can create as many (or as few) config files as you desire.  The 
	system, once the patchkit is applied, will have between 10 and 15, 
	each of which implements certain functions or features.  In addition, 
	the normal place for the patchkit to make changes to the config files 
	is in the GENERICISA file.  Since this file should remain unchanged 
	and available, it is always a good idea to copy this file to a 
	meaningful name and modify that file.  In other words, change every 
	reference in 3.1.1 from GENERICISA to HAL (or whatever you call your 
	system).

	One final note.  Every /sys/compile directory takes up 800K or so;
	you might want to watch to see how big these all get.



3.2.6	What is the meaning of the trap codes I get in panic messages?
	Sometimes this message appears in the form "trap type nn".

	That message means that the system received an unexpected (and
	unwanted) trap that probably indicates some form of kernel bug.
	These traps, are usually received from the kernel, in which case
	the trap.h definitions should be used.

	The number (which appears in place of "nn" above) is *NOT* the 
	i386 or i386 trap type, it is a BSD-defined trap type number.

	The definitions of the various trap types can be found in
	/usr/include/machine/trap.h.

	two of the more common ones are:
          9	T_PROTFLT	protection fault
				(The kernel tried executing code
				which was not noted as "executable".
				This happens if the kernel jumps to
				a bogus location.)
         12	T_PAGEFLT	page fault
				(The kernel tried to access a bogus
				area of memory.  This can happen if
				an invalid pointer is dereferenced.)


	This is a list of i386 trap codes (just to confuse the issue).

Trap	0	Divide Error
		The DIV or IDIV instruction is executed with a zero denominator
		or the quotient is too large for the destination operand.
	
	
Trap	1	Debug Exceptions
		Used in conjunction with DR6 and DR7, The following flags
		need to be tested to determine what caused the trap:
		BS=1				Single-step trap
		B0=1 AND (GE0=1 or LE0=1)	Breakpoint, DR0, LEN0, R/W0
		B1=1 AND (GE1=1 or LE1=1)	Breakpoint, DR1, LEN1, R/W1
		B2=1 AND (GE2=1 or LE2=1)	Breakpoint, DR2, LEN2, R/W2
		B3=1 AND (GE3=1 or LE3=1)	Breakpoint, DR3, LEN3, R/W3
		BD=1				Debug registers not available,
						in use by ICE-386
		BT=1				Task Switch
			
	
Trap	2	NMI Interrupt
		On PC/AT systems, the NMI input to the CPU is usually
		connected to the main memory parity circuit.  By the time the
		error signal is generated, the data may have already been
		used in an instruction, so it isn't possible to reliably
		recover.
	
		And some not-so-common causes (from various sources):

		  PS50+ : I/O channel check, system watch-dog timer 
		  time-out interrupt, DMA timer time-out interrupt

		  parity errors on any 8-bit or 16-bit board pulling the 
		  IOCHCK* line low 

		  first generation of auto-switching EGA cards used NMI to trap port
		  access for CGA emulation (e.g., ATI's EGA Wonder)
	
		  Zeos Notebook low battery (perhaps other battery-based 
		  computers)


Trap	3	Breakpoint
		The result of executing an INT 3 instruction.  MS-DOS and
		Windows and some other non-386 systems use this for debugging.
		Code specific to the 386 and later processors should use
		the debugging features tied to Trap 1.
	
	
Trap	4	INT0 Detected Overflow
		Occurs if an INT0 instruction is executed and the overflow
		flag (OF) is currently set.
	
	
Trap	5	BOUND Range Exceeded
		Occurs if the BOUND instruction is executed and the array
		index points beyond the area of memory containing the array
		being tested.
	
	
Trap	6	Invalid Opcode
		The value read at CS:IP is not a valid opcode.
	
	
Trap	7	Coprocessor Not Available
		This occurs if the processor fetches an instruction that is
		for the coprocessor and no coprocessor is present.
	
	
Trap	8	Double Exception (Fault)
		An exception occurred while trying to execute the handler
		for a prior exception.  Example, an application causes a
		General Protection Fault (13) and the area of memory where
		the GPF handler should be is flagged not-present (paged-out?).
		The double-fault handler is invoked in these conditions.
		If a fault occurs while trying to run the double-fault handler,
		a triple-fault occurs and the CPU resets.
	
		The rules for deciding if a double-fault should occur or
		if the two faults can be handled serially are discussed in
		more detail in the Intel song book.
	
	
Trap	9	Coprocessor Segment Overrun
		A page or segment violation occurred while transferring
		the middle part of a coprocessor operand to the NPX.
	
	
Trap	10	Invalid Task State Segment
		During a task switch, the new TSS was invalid.  Here is
		a table of conditions that Invalidate the TSS:
		TSS id + EXT	The limit in the TSS descriptor is < 103
		LTD id + EXT	Invalid LDT selector or LDT not present
		SS id + EXT	Stack segment selector is outside table limit
		SS id + EXT	Stack segment is not a writable segment
		SS id + EXT	Stack segment DPL does not match new CPL
		SS id + EXT	Stack segment selector RPL <> CPL
		CS id + EXT 	Code segment is outside table limit
		CS id + EXT	Code segment selector does not refer to
					code segment
		CS id + EXT	DPL of non-conforming code segment <> new CPL
		CS id + EXT	CPL of conforming code segment > new CPL
		DS/ES/FS/GS id + EXT	DS, ES, FS or GS segment selector is
					outside table limits
		DS/ES/FS/FS id + EXT	DS, ES, FS, or GS is not readable
					segment


Trap	11	Segment Not Present
		Occurs when the "present" bit of a descriptor is zero.
		This can occur while loading any of these segment registers
		CS, DS, ES, FS, or GS.  Loading SS causes a Stack fault.
		Also occurs when attempting to use a gate descriptor that is
		marked "not present", and if attempting to load the LDT with
		an LLDT instruction.  Note that loading the LDT during a
		task switch causes an "invalid TSS" trap.


Trap	12	Stack Fault
		A limit violation relating to an address referenced off
		the SS register.  Includes POP, PUSH, ENTER and LEAVE
		opcodes, as well as references such as MOV AX,[BP+8]
		(which has an implied SS:).
		Also causes by loading SS with a descriptor that is marked
		"not present".


Trap	13	General Protection Fault (GPF)
		Americas Favorite, in the Windows 3.0 world, it is known as
		the UAE error.  The instruction tried to access data out of
		the bounds designated by the descriptors.  The access that
		failed can be a read, write or instruction fetch.  There are
		15 classifications of GPFs:
		1.  Exceeding segment limit when using CS, DE, ES, FS or GS.
		2.  Exceeding segment limit when referencing a descriptor
		    table.
		3.  Transferring control to a segment that is not executable.
		4.  Writing into a read-only data segment or into a code
		    segment.
		5.  Reading from an execute-only segment.
		6.  Loading the SS register with a read-only descriptor
		    (unless the selector comes from the TSS during a task
		    switch, in which case a TSS exception occurs.)
		7.  Loading SS, DS, ES, FS or GS with the descriptor of a
		    system segment.
		8.  Loading, DS, ES, FS or GS with the descriptor of an
		    executable segment that is not also readable.
		9.  Loading SS with the descriptor of an executable segment.
		10. Accessing memory via, DS, ES, FS or GS when the segment
		    register contains a null selector.
		11. Switching to a busy task.
		12. Violating privilege rules.
		13. Loading CR0 with a PG=1 and PE=0.
		14. Interrupt or exception via trap or interrupt gate from
		    V86 mode to privilege level other than zero.
		15. Exceeding the instruction limit of 15 bytes (this can
		    only occur if redundant prefixes are placed before an
		    instruction).
		To determine which condition caused the trap, you need
		the instruction, the contents of all associated registers,
		particularly the segment registers involved, then the various
		LDT, GDT and page control tables.  Lots of common coding
		errors cause the GPFs.  Even a stack imbalance will usually
		show up as a GPF.   Even MOV AX,7 MOV ES,AX or 
		MOV AX,5 PUSH AX POP DS will get a GPF error.  You can't
		use a segment register for "temporary storage" of any
		old value the way you could on the 8086.  The values loaded
		into the segment registers are checked in protected mode.


Trap	14	Page Fault
		The page directory or page table entry needed for the address
		translation has a zero in the present bit, or the current
		procedure does not have sufficient privilege to access the
		indicated page.

Trap	15	(reserved)


Trap	16	Coprocessor Error
		The coprocessor asserted the ERROR# input pin on the 386
		(internal on the 486)


Trap	17	Alignment Check (486 and later)
		If enabled, this trap will occur if a data fetch does not
		occur on a word boundary.  I don't know of any software that
		activates this feature yet.  I have seen SCO UNIX get this
		error on early Cyrix processors, even though SCO had not
		enabled the feature.


Trap	18-32	(reserved)

[answered by 	Frank Durda IV <uhclem@nemesis.lonestar.org>	and
		jim mullens jcm@ornl.gov  -or- mullens@jamsun.ic.ornl.gov]
	
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3.2.7	I have been getting a lot of "virtual memory exhausted" errors when 
	I am compiling a program with a really big static array.  I have 
	128Meg of memory and 8Gig of swap.  How can this be happening?

	If you are using Csh, you can simply unlimit your processes in 
	your system level /etc/csh.cshrc file or your personal .cshrc 
	file.  You can also modify your kernel so that the
	amount of memory available is less limiting.  J"org Wunsch 
	(j@tcd-dresden.de) provides us with this brief description:

	From a recent posting i just made, regarding the problem how much
	virtual memory one could get.

	| On the other hand, i've also changed the definitions you
	| mentioned. But i didn't like to modify the header files, and
	| actually, modifying the values is as easy as:
	| 
	| options		"DFLDSIZ='(16 * 1024 * 1024)'"
	| options		"MAXDSIZ='(64 * 1024 * 1024)'"
	| 
	| Include the above lines into your kernel's config file, reconfig
	| and rebuild it.
	| 

	This is just a hint for those people poking around with compiling
	large source files. Especially, due to some gcc problems with large
	static arrays, compiling X applications with huge bitmaps would
	cause virtual memory trouble. Increasing the limits (o'course, as
	long as the h/w resources suffice) could help there.

	The default definitions for the above parameters are found in
	/usr/include/machine/vmparam.h.


3.2.8	Where can I learn more about all this?

	We've skipped over a lot of details here;  the straight dope comes from
	"Building Berkeley UNIX Kernels with Config", by Samuel J. Leffler and
	Michael J. Karels. 


3.2.9	Does anyone have a system building script that takes things like 
	building a new config and multiple config files into account?

	This is the program that I use to rebuild my kernel.  See the note
	in the file about my 'test' program.  You may elect to build a
	new config every time, or not, depending on your requirements.


	#! /bin/sh
	#
	#  Script to rebuild the kernel.
	#
	if [ `whoami` != 'root' ] ; then
	  echo 'You must be root to successfully proceed from this point'
	  exit 1
	fi
	
	#
	#  Set up the environment
	#
	
	if [ X$MACHINE_ARCH = "X" ] ; then
	  MACHINE_ARCH=i386
	fi
	
	if [ -f /netbsd ] ; then
	  ARCHDIR='/arch'
	fi
	
	#
	# Rebuild Config
	#
	# I am using a modified test(1) that allows for file date comparisons.
	# You can either get my patches (if they aren't already included),
	# modify test() yourself, or get the GNU ShellUtils test(1) program.
	#
	
	if [ /usr/src/usr.sbin/config -ot /usr/sbin/config ] ; then
	  echo "Config Up To Date"
	else
	 cd /usr/src/usr.sbin/config
	 make clean
	 make depend
	 make
	 make install
	fi
	
	cd /sys
	make
	make install
	
	#
	# Modify the local Configuration File
	#
	echo `tput clr`
	cd /sys$ARCHDIR/i386/conf
	
	if [ "X$CONFIG_NAME" = "X" ]; then
	  CONFIG_NAME=GENERIC
	fi  
	
	if [ "X$1" = "X" ]; then
	  echo "Configuration Files available:"
	  ls [A-Z]*
	  echo " "
	  echo -n "Enter the name of the config file to use: "
	  read CONFIG_NAME
	  echo
	else
	  CONFIG_NAME=$1
	fi
	
	if [ ! -f $CONFIG_NAME ]; then
	  cp GENERIC $CONFIG_NAME
	fi
	
	echo "Modifying $CONFIG_NAME config file"
	echo -n "Press return to continue (q to quit) "
	read ans
	
	ans=`echo $ans | cut -c1 | tr 'QqYy' 'qqqq'`
	
	if [ "X$ans" = "Xq" ] ; then
	  exit 0
	fi
	
	vi $CONFIG_NAME
	
	#config.new $CONFIG_NAME
	config $CONFIG_NAME
	
	COMPILE_DIR=/sys$ARCHDIR/i386/compile/$CONFIG_NAME
	
	cd $COMPILE_DIR
	make depend
	make
	
	if [ $? -ge 1 ] ; then
	  echo "Errors encountered"
	else
	  if [ -f netbsd ] ; then
	    PROGNAME=netbsd
	  else
	    if [ -f freebsd ] ; then
	      PROGNAME=freebsd
	    else
	      PROGNAME=386bsd
	    fi
	  fi
	  echo `tput clr`
	  echo ""
	  echo "  Manual Installation is recommended.  The following files should be"
	  echo "copied/linked/moved to the root directory.  The following steps are"
	  echo "suggested:"
	  echo ""
	  echo "	mv /$PROGNAME /$PROGNAME.old"
	  echo "	mv $COMPILE_DIR/$PROGNAME /$PROGNAME"
	  echo "	reboot"
	  echo ""
	  echo "Remember that the new kernel changes will not take place until you "
	  echo "re-boot the system."
	fi

	
3.3	X11/XFree86/XS3
3.3.1	What options should I define to get the X extensions included?

	Once you have applied the patch kit, the only thing left to do is to
	modify the config file to include the following line:

	options	XSERVER, UCONSOLE
 
	recompile the kernel and the kernel should support X.

3.3.2	Where can I get the FAQ for 'X'?

	Steve Kotsopoulos' general 'X on Intel-based Unix' FAQ
	available by anonymous ftp from export.lcs.mit.edu in 
	/contrib/Intel-Unix-X-faq. 


3.3.3	Why does X drop characters when using xdm?   When I run xdm 
	from the console, it keeps losing keystrokes and the shift keys 
	don't always work.  Why?

        You need to run xdm with the -nodaemon flag.  The reason is
        xdm normally detaches from the keyboard.  This allows other
        processes (like getty) to return to reading from the keyboard.
        A race condition results, where some keystrokes are sent to
        xdm and others are sent to other processes.  Using the
        -nodaemon flag causes xdm to stay attached to the keyboard
        so no other process can use it.  This answer comes from Michael 
        C. Newell (root@wanderer.nsi.nasa.gov)

	This bit of trivia is also covered in detail in the X FAQ and 
	the README that accompanies XFree86.


3.4	Compiler and Library routines

	There are several questions that could probably be included
	here.  See also Section 4 for some of the more common 'missing
	modules' that also happen to be library routines.


3.4.1	Which C compiler is shipped with my 386BSD derived system? 

	The standard compiler released with 386bsd 0.1 is GCC 1.38.  This
	version is considered by many people to be the most stable of
	the GCC versions.  All other Net/2 derived BSD systems have both 
	1.38 and 2.4+ available.  NetBSD 0.9, for example, is completely 
	compilable using GCC 2.4.5, which is included as the default
	compiler.  FreeBSD also ships with the same compiler.

3.4.2	Where is libcompat.a?

	The library libcompat.a is (working from memory here) completely
	deprecated in 386bsd.  The only exceptions might be the re_comp
	and re_exec routines, which are discussed in detail in section 4.
	In addition, things will be added to libcompat.a as they are 
	deprecated in the newer versions of NetBSD and FreeBSD.  The
	getreuid() and setreuid() stuff may be heading that way (if they
	aren't there already.

	The easiest way around not having a libcompat.a is to simply link 
	it to a small library, since virtually every other function that
	is expected in libcompat.a is already include libc.a.


3.5	You promised to talk about timezones below.  Are you going to?

	>I've seen lots of stuff about timezone's being a bit dodgy,
	>especially with most European timezones changing over to DST on 
	>the 27th March.  I must say that that was NOT the case for me - 
	>pumpy (the author's system) is running off the 
	>/usr/share/zoneinfo/GB-Eire timezone file, (symbolically) linked 
	>to /etc/localtime, the CMOS clock is running off GMT, and the 
	>kernel is compiled with "timezone 0".

	I use /usr/share/zoneinfo/MET as /etc/localtime and have the 
	kernel configured as

		timezone        -1 dst 4

	(My wife is running DOS on this machine for doom sometimes ;-)

	I set this strange dst value after diging in some old ultrix(?) 
	man pages.  There were several dst-changing-method listed and 4 
	was the code for the central europe one.

	This gave me an idea... I use an Ultrix box every day, so why not...

	Now, I don't know how closely this applies to NetBSD since 
	Ultrix is based on a much older version of BSD, and this isn't 
	for the kernel config, but for an envar of timezone values, but 
	it's at least somewhat enlightening on possible meanings for 
	these things.  Could someone in the know shed light on how 
	accurately this models the timezone stuff in the kernel config?  
	When I did "man timezone" this is what I got (portion of this 
	quoted from the DEC MIPS Ultrix 4.3a timezone(3) manpage, 
	slightly hacked by me (Michael L. VanLoon (michaelv@iastate.edu))


		 STD offset [DST [offset][,start[/time],end[/time]]]

	     the components of the string have the following meaning:

	STD and DST	Three or more characters that are the 
			designation for the standard (STD) or 
			summer (DST) time zone. Only STD is required; 
			if DST is missing, then summer time does not apply 
			in this locale. Upper- and lowercase letters are 
			explicitly allowed.  Any characters except a 
			leading colon (:), digits, comma (,), minus (-), 
			plus (+), and ASCII NUL are allowed.

     	offset		Indicates the value to be added to the local 
			time to arrive at Coordinated Universal Time. The 
			offset has the form:

			hh[:mm[:ss]]

			The minutes (mm) and seconds (ss) are optional. 
			The hour (hh) is required and may be a single 
			digit.	The offset following STD is required. If 
			no offset follows DST, summer time is assumed to 
			be one hour ahead of standard time.  One or more 
			digits may be used; the value is always
			interpreted as a decimal number.  The hour must 
			be between 0 and 24, and the minutes (and
			seconds) - if present - between zero and 59. If 
			preceded by a "-", the time zone is east of the 
			Prime Meridian; otherwise it is west (which may
			be indicated by an optional preceding "+").

     start and end	Indicates when to change to and back from summer
     			time. Start describes the date when the change
			from standard to summer time occurs and end 
			describes the date when the change back
			happens.  The format of start and end must be
			one of the following:

			Jn	The Julian day n (1 < n < 365). Leap
				days are not counted.  That is, in all
				years, including leap years, February
				28 is day 59 and March 1 is day 60.  It
				is impossible to explicitly refer to
				the occasional February 29.

			n	The zero-based Julian day (0 < n <
				365).  Leap days are counted, and it is	
				possible to refer to February 29.

			Mm.n.d	The nth d day of month m (1 < n < 5, 
				0 < d < 6, 1 < m < 12).  When n is 5 it 
				refers to the last d day of month m.
				Day 0 is Sunday.

     			time	The time field describes the time when,
				in current time, the change to or from
				summer time occurs. Time has the same
				format as offset except that no leading
				sign (a minus (-) or a plus (+) sign)
				is allowed. The default, if time is not
				given, is 02:00:00.

	As an example of the previous format, if the TZ environment
	variable had the value EST5EDT4,M4.1.0,M10.5.0 it would	describe 
	the rule, which went into effect in 1987, for the Eastern time
	zone in the USA.  Specifically, EST would be the designation for
	standard time, which is 5 hours behind GMT.  EDT would be the 
	designation for DST, which is 4 hours behind GMT.  DST starts
	on the first Sunday in April and ends on the last Sunday in
	October.  In both cases, since the time was not specified, the
	change to and from DST would occur at the default time of 2:00 AM.

	The timezone call remains for compatibility reasons only; it is 
	impossible to reliably map timezone's arguments (zone, a
	`minutes west of GMT' value and DST, a `daylight saving time in
	effect' flag) to a time zone abbreviation.


3.5.1	How do you change the timezone on NetBSD (FreeBSD also?)?

	Relink /etc/localtime.  This will correct the difference from
	GMT (or its trendy equivelant) to your local timezone.  In
	addition, the kernel needs to be modified to take the clock
	time in your CMOS into account.  Since most folks that run DOS
	prefer to have their clocks set to local time, the timezone
	hack was introduced to allow the kernel to adjust the CMOS
	clock time to GMT.  Once GMT has been computed, the
	/etc/localtime file can be referenced to determine the
	corrected local time.

	All generic kernels are built using the offset from California
	(why is anyone's guess:-) so just about everyone's clock will
	be off by their timezone offset from Berkeley.


3.5.2	The translation between seconds-since-the-epoch and date
	differs by about 18 seconds between BSD and other Unixes when
	running ntp; why?

	See ntp FAQ. Apparently, the time correction takes leap seconds
	into account twice.  The timezone files in our system take the 
	leap seconds into account in the kernel, and nntp takes the
	same 18 leap seconds into account when syncing the time.
	Because of that, the time will appear to be off by eighteen
	seconds.  (Henning Schulzrinne)
-- 
TSgt Dave Burgess           | Dave Burgess
NCOIC, USSTRATCOM/J6844     | *BSD FAQ Maintainer
Offutt AFB, NE              | Burgess@cynjut.infonet.net or ...@s069.infonet...
                               

From: burgess@cynjut.infonet.net (Dave Burgess)
Newsgroups: comp.os.386bsd.announce,comp.answers,news.answers
Subject: [comp.os.386bsd] BNR/2 derived BSD for PCs FAQ (Part 5 of 10)
Date: 13 Aug 1994 19:01:06 -0500
Organization: Dave's House in Omaha
Message-ID: <386bsd-faq-5-776822434@cynjut.infonet.net>

Posted-By: auto-faq 3.1.1.2
Archive-name: 386bsd-faq/part5

Section 4.	(Kernel Additions)

  Thanks go to  Marc Wandschneider (storm@cs.mcgill.ca) for putting this
  section of the FAQ together..

  Important note:  Most of these 'kernel patches' are to the original
  386bsd 0.1.  The really useful ones have been added to the kernel
  of both NetBSD and FreeBSD.

4.0	Introduction

	If you have written some addition to the kernel, or know of
	one that feel should be mentioned, send mail to Dave Burgess 
	(burgess@cynjut.infonet.net) with all the relevant information, 
	and it will be added for the next release.



4.1	Common Kernel-related problems

4.1.1	Where are the commands "rpcinfo" and "rpcgen"?

	Chris Flatters (cflatter@nrao.edu) informs us in the following
	posting excerpt where we can find them:

	--------------------------------------------------------------------
	The sources for the Sun OS 4.0 RPC are on titan.rice.edu (I don't 
	have the inet number handy) in directory sun-sources.  You will have 
	to pick up all the shell archives and unpack them to get at rpcgen.
	--------------------------------------------------------------------

	These sources are also included in NetBSD and FreeBSD as part of the
	normal installation.
 
4.1.2	Where can I get a working "netstat"?

	When netstat was released, it came out as a binary patch and 
	source patch in the patchkit for 386bsd 0.1.  The program has
	been included in both NetBSD and FreeBSD.


4.1.3	How can I fix NFS to work with my NE2000 board?

	Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com) has both identified the
	problem (in 386bsd 0.1) and provided us with a work around:

	--------------------------------------------------------------------
	I reported previously that I was seeing problems reading files over
	NFS using the ne2000 driver; timeouts would eventually be reported, no
	data would be read.  Listing files and directories (small ones
	anyways) were not a problem.

	After playing with etherfind and kernel printfs, I've come to this
	conclusion: Fragmented 8K UDP packets from the NFS server are not
	reaching the UDP layer in 386bsd.  The Sun is sending them (according
	to another Sun spying on the network), but the UDP input routine is
	never called.  I don't know if the bug here is on the 386bsd or Sun
	side, and won't have time to look into it in the next couple of days.

	In the meantime, mounting NFS file systems with "rsize=1024" does get
	rid of this problem.

	(It does nothing about TCP being slow, though.)
	Ken
	--------------------------------------------------------------------

	Hopefully, the real solution (a UDP fix) will be forthcoming so
	that the slow TCP problem is fixed as well.

	See also:  Section 2.6.3.3c "I am getting lousy performance 
		   out of my network card.  What are some of the other 
		   possibilities?"

	Recent work in FreeBSD and NetBSD may have deprecated this problem.
	There is a new network card driver called the ed0 driver.  This
	replaces the original NE1000/NE2000 drivers, as well as replacing
	the we0 driver.  By combining the two, a more flexible driver has
	been developed and most of these types of problems have been fixed.
	Once again, upgrading to FreeBSD or NetBSD seems to be the answer.


4.1.4	How can I get "ps" and "w" to work?

	The patch-kit contains a fix for /src/lib/libutil/kvm.c, which,
	last we heard, was due to the work of Jim Paradis 
	(paradis@sousa.ltn.dec.com).  New versions of the kernel should
	have this problem fixed.

	In order for users to be able to use certain flags with ps and
	the w/uptime commands, the kernel must have permissions 755.

	Also, in order to save space on the distribution, the 386bsd 0.1
	kernel is 'stripped' of all its labels.  Programs that rely on 
	those labels will not work.  There are several in this category, 
	including ps, w, and uptime.  Either ftp an un-stripped kernel, 
	or recompile.

	Also, when the internal structure of the kernel changes (as
	with the changes to NetBSD and FreeBSD that change fundamental
	parts of the kernel) a new ps, w, and uptime must usually be 
	recompiled.  If you are having trouble with your ps and have 
	recently upgraded/rebuilt your kernel, you will probably have 
	to rebuild ps etal.


4.1.5	Where are re_comp and re_exec?

	These two functions are currently not in libc.a.  However, there
	are two related functions that seem to work exactly the same in
	all cases we've heard of---These are regcomp() and regexec().

	Thus, a pretty ugly fix for the problem would be to always compile
	as follows:

	$(CC) -Dre_comp=regcomp -Dre_exec=regexec ....

	There is a slightly nicer fix available for this, listed in 4.2


4.1.6	Where are stty() and gtty()?

	These functions were missing from libc.a in the original 386bsd 0.1.  
	To fix, add the following #defines to your program:

	#define stty(f, m)	ioctl((f), TIOCSETP, (m))
	#define gtty(f, m)	ioctl((f), TIOCGETP, (m))

	A more elegant solution is to apply the patchkit.  These routines
	are included in there.


4.1.7	The system hangs with the HD light on after intense disk usage.
	The system hangs when trying to fsck -p both of my IDE hard drives
	at boot-up.

	Brett Lymn (blymn@mulga.awadi.com.AU)  Provides us with a
	description of the problem and the steps that he had to take
	to fix it:

        It seems that, on some disk subsystems, the controller and the
	hard disk get out of synchronization when they are being used 
	intensively.  The result of this is that the disk completes a 
	command but the controller still believes the disk not to have 
	completed the command, so the controller status register 
	indicates the disk is busy when it is not really.  The standard 
	wd drivers are too trusting of the hardware and expect it to do 
	the right thing all the time.  There are a few while loops in 
	the wd drivers that loop on a status change from the disk 
	controller, however; if the problem I have described takes place 
	then the wd driver will be stuck looping waiting for the disk to 
	not be busy - which never happens, so you lock the machine because 
	this is a kernel level wait.  To fix this problem I put a timeout 
	into the while loops so that after a specified time the wd driver 
	will give up waiting for the drive to become ready, reset the 
	controller and retry the command.  In my experience the retry 
	always succeeds.

	Ed.Note:  The retry doesn't ALWAYS work, but it IS better than 
	just waiting for the drive to wake back up (which it never does).

	It has been recently noted that, from time to time, a SCSI disk
	subsystem will behave exactly the same way.  It is usually because
	of bad/out-of-tolerance cables.  It is not a common problem, but it
	is one that you, the reader, may need to take into account when
	you are trouble-shooting your drives.

	Dan Yergeau (yergeau@gloworm.Stanford.EDU) provides us with more 
	insight into this problem.  The README accompanying the original 
	sources used as a base for the NetBSD driver indicates that

	> There's also another problem still bothering me: There's some 
	sort of timing/reentrancy error still lurking in here, that was 
	there in the original 0.1 wd driver as well.  The symptom is that, 
	on *some* controllers, doing the initial wdopen() (which will 
	then call the readdisklabel() function) for two or more disks at 
	the same time (so that wdopen() gets called again while it's 
	already being executed), the controller gets hung.  I'm still 
	looking for this, meanwhile I specify in my config file that I 
	have swap on all disks.  This causes the kernel to wdopen() the 
	drives nicely in order -- and once it's been done for each disk, 
	the problem will, of course, not occur.  Without the "swap on ... 
	and ... and ..." stuff, my wd1, wd2 and wd3 would be opened 
	simultaneously by "fsck -p" forks, which would nicely hang up 
	everything...  I note a "sleep(10)" in fsck, but it obviously 
	doesn't do that.

	So, changing the appropriate config line to

	config		"386bsd"	root on wd0 swap on wd0 and wd1
	                                                        ^^^^^^^
	may get around the problem.  I don't run NetBSD, but I do use a
	variation of the barsoom/NetBSD driver.  This works for me.  
	Please let the NetBSD people know if it works for you.


#include <std.disclaimer>

	[Ed. again] Other methods for fixing this problem include doing a 
	dd if=/dev/wd1d of=/dev/null count=1 before the initial 'fsck -p'.
	This method is considered brute force.  It works by making sure
	that the drive is properly initialized before the disklabel is
	read in the fsck.

	Another method involves using the '-l1' (little L) flag to make sure
	that the fsck doesn't try to open both unopened hard drives at the
	same time.  This method is a little better (from a purely brute
	viewpoint) but does caused your startup to run longer, since the
	purpose of this option is to have each of your fsck passes run
	one after another.


4.1.8	How do you implement quotas on Net/2 derived BSD systems?

	From: tinguely@plains.NoDak.edu (Mark Tinguely)

 	maybe you did not complete the setup, here is a step-by-step 
 	instructions to get them to work:

	1)  make a kernel with "options QUOTA" installed

	2)  edit /etc/fstab and include the kinds of quotas you want, 
	    below I used "userquota", you could also add "groupquota".

	/dev/wd0h		/usr		ufs	rw,userquota 1 2

	3)  for each filesystem that is in /etc/fstab that uses quota,
	    create the file "quota.user" (and "quota.group if appropriate).
	    Above I have user quotas in the /usr filesystem, so I would:

	    # touch /usr/quota.user

	4)  scan filesystem for files ownership (and/or group ownership).

	    # quotacheck -a

	5)  now you can add individual quota limits, if you want to add 
	    the same quotas to the many people, then make a template and 
	    replicate the template.  If they change for each user, then 
	    edit seperately.

	    # edquota tinguely

	 (an editor is kicked up and says something like:

	Quotas for user tinguely:
	  /usr: blocks in use: 11876, limits (soft = 0, hard = 0)
	        inodes in use: 891, limits (soft = 0, hard = 0)

	 a limit of 0 means "unlimited".  Change these to the appropriate 
	 number of blocks.  A soft limit generates a warning, and can be 
	 exceed for period of time (7 days?), after which time a soft limit 
	 is treated like a hard limit.  A hard limit denies new writes.

 	to replicate a template (for this example let us assume "tinguely" 
 	is the template):

	    # edquota -p tinguely user1 user2 user3 ... userN

	6)  turn quotas on (usually done in the /etc/rc file, but turn it 
	    on manually so you do not have to reboot right now:

	    # quotaon

	that should take care of setting up quotas.  You can look at the 
	status of use of files with repquota, the -a option lists all 
	filesystems with quotas.


4.2	Available kernel add-ons


4.2.1	The Patch-Kit

	Perhaps the most famous of all additions to the kernel, the Patch-Kit,
	coordinated by Rodney Grimes (rgrimes@agora.rain.com) contained 
	numerous bug fixes, Julian's SCSI drivers, as well as fixes
	for other parts of the system.

	It is highly recommended that all users with space for the source code
	apply the patch-kits as many things that seem broken in 0.1 suddenly
	start working with the patch-kits.

	Of course, there is no such thing as a patch kit for NetBSD or FreeBSD.
	The update method for these systems is different, and covered in the
	section about the System Update Protocol (sup) updates.


4.2.2	Shared Libraries

	A basic and experimental implementation of shared libraries exists
	for 386bsd.  According to the author (Dr. Joerg Lohse, 
	lohse@tech7.informatik.uni-hamburg.de), features are as follows:

	-No kernel extension is necessary
	-Shared libraries use the approach used in SysV.

	Others are also working on different implementations of shared
	libraries.

	Bill and Lynne have adopted a shared-library implementation based
	on Dr. Lohse's original work.  It will be included in Version 0.2
	of 386bsd.

	For NetBSD and FreeBSD users, two seperate and different shared 
	library systems have been developed.  This feature is included in
	the '-current' tree of both systems, and will be included in the
	next major release of eiter or both.

	The shared libs have, in general, been very well behaved.  The
	closest thing to a FAQ that has been introduced is the
	following: 


	I installed FreeBSD-1.1-BETA a few weeks ago but can't get
	dynamically linked programs to run for some reason.  Every time
	I try to run a dynamically linked program, I get a message that 
	says "No ld.so"...	

	The answer is: 

	# chmod 755 /usr/* /usr/share/misc


4.2.3	Sound Blaster Drivers

	A driver for the Sound Blaster card has been written by Steve
	Haehnichen (steveh@ucsd.edu) for BSD.  Steve Gerakines has
	provided us with the information necessary to get this driver 
	working under 386bsd.

	Most features of the SB family of cards are supported save some
	stereo portions of the SBPro cards.

	NetBSD and FreeBSD have also adapted soundblaster drivers.  They
	are included in either the -current tree or in the most recent 
	release (depending on when you read this).

	For a fact, the following sound cards are supported in FreeBSD:

		1	Yamaha FM Synth
		2	Soundblaster/Soundblaster Pro DSP
		3	PAS PCM and Midi
		4	Gravis UltraSound
		5	MPU-401

	In the release notes I have, there is some doubt as to the 
	operational status of the MPU-401 sound card driver.  If you have 
	one of these cards and want to try the driver out, you should 
	contact Jordan Hubbard (jkh@freefall.cdrom.com) when you are 
	finished installing it and let him know how it is working.

	The docs for the FreeBSD driver are in 
	/usr/src/sys/i386/doc/sound.doc.
	

4.2.4	Bus Mouse Drivers

	Fred Cawthorne (fcawth@delphi.umd.edu) wrote a busmouse
	driver for 386bsd.  He recently wrote a short letter with this
	update:

	This is taken from the INDEX in the Freebsd.cdrom.com mice 
	directory:

	"We currently have four bus mouse drivers for 386bsd available by
	anonymous ftp on XFree-86.cdrom.com in pub/XFree86/mice:

	ms-busmouse.tar.z

		Sandi Donno's <sandi@uctcs.cs.uct.ac.za.> port of 
		Erik Forsberg's Microsoft bus mouse driver to 386bsd.

	logitech-busmouse-0.2.shar.z

		Fred Cawthorne's <fcawth@delphi.umd.edu> second version 
		of a logitech Bus Mouse driver.  

	busmouse.tar.z:

		Eugene Stark's port of Rick Macklem's driver to the 
		Microsoft bus mouse.  Rick's driver supports the 
		Logitech and ATI Inport Bus mice with 386bsd.  It's also 
		available by e-mail to stark@cs.sunysb.edu and by anon. 
		ftp on cs.sunysb.edu in pub/386BSD/busmouse.tar.Z.

	psm.tar.z:

		Johan Solhed <Johan.Solhed@lu.erisoft.se> ported the 
		Linux PS/2 mouse driver to 386BSD.  It includes a PS/2 
		to Microsoft protocol converter in the driver so XFree86 
		understands the mouse events.

	In addition we have busmouse.v3.z which is Erik Forsberg's original
	post of his device driver for BSDI/386 and Microsoft (and
	compatible) bus mice using the Microsoft InPort chip as well as a
	device driver for Logitech bus mice. "

	Most of these busmouse drivers are now included in the current
	releases of NetBSD and FreeBSD.  There is some question about
	how well they work (especially the psm driver), but they are
	all there.


4.2.5	PPP Support

	PPP support is included in NetBSD and FreeBSD.  With the demise
	of agate's support for 386BSD, there is no way to add ppp
	support to 386BSD.  You must upgrade to wither FreeBSD or
	NetBSD.


4.2.6	re_comp and re_exec library functions

	As mentioned in section 4.1, re_comp and related functions, such
	as re_exec, are currently not in the library libc.a.  Apart from
	using the rather crude fix listed above, there is another option.

	Kim Anderson (kim@dde.dk) has provided a patch that will add these
	to libc.a.  You can probably obtain this patch from the author, or
	you can ftp it from binkley.cs.mcgill.ca in pub/386bsd.

	These functions are (I think) included in the libcompat.a that
	comes with both NetBSD and FreeBSD.


4.2.7	Intel i82586 Ethernet Controller driver

	Garrett A. Wollman has written a 386bsd 0.1 driver for the 
	Intel i83586 Ethernet Controller.  The author's e-mail address 
	is listed as wollman@emba.uvm.edu.


4.2.8	PC Speaker driver for Nethack

	Andrew A. Chernov has ported the Nethack PC Speaker driver to
	386bsd.  It allows the speaker to be controlled by applications.

	Unfortunately, we are not aware of a site that distributes this,
	but this patch has been posted a couple of times to the various
	comp.os.386bsd groups, and the author can be contacted at
	ache@astral.msk.su

	The patch that is included in the NetBSD and FreeBSD source trees
	is one written by Soerne Schmitt.  It appears to use the Sun-style
	/dev/audio interface and is different in goals and implementation
	from Andrew Chernov's speaker driver.  The source for this package
	is included in the source trees for both, but is not included in 
	the distribution kernels.

-- 
TSgt Dave Burgess           | Dave Burgess
NCOIC, USSTRATCOM/J6844     | *BSD FAQ Maintainer
Offutt AFB, NE              | Burgess@cynjut.infonet.net or ...@s069.infonet...
                               

From: burgess@cynjut.infonet.net (Dave Burgess)
Newsgroups: comp.os.386bsd.announce,comp.answers,news.answers
Subject: [comp.os.386bsd] BNR/2 derived BSD for PCs FAQ (Part 6 of 10)
Date: 13 Aug 1994 19:01:11 -0500
Organization: Dave's House in Omaha
Message-ID: <386bsd-faq-6-776822434@cynjut.infonet.net>

Posted-By: auto-faq 3.1.1.2
Archive-name: 386bsd-faq/part6

Section 5.	(Kernel Replacements)

5.0	Introduction

	This section is supposed to document the unusual or optional
	kernel add-ons that are available from various places.  As 
	they are included in the mainstream of the various Berkeley
	Net Release systems, they will slowly come out of here.

	If you know of any replacement parts for the kernel, please 
	send Dave Burgess (burgess@cynjut.infonet.net) a message 
	detailing the package (possibly include a README), where it 
	can be found, and what version of the OS (ie. NetBSD, 
	386bsd 0.1 + pk 0.2, FreeBSD) it was designed to run under.


5.1	Available Kernel Replacements


5.1.1	keycap/codrv

	These server as replacements for the generic pccons driver
	that comes (by default) with 386bsd 0.1.

	Holger Veit (author of these) writes:

	"The same type of driver, but keycap has the version number 0.1.1
	and codrv has the version number 0.1.2.  The latter is much 
	improved and downward compatible.  Codrv was developed to provide
	a universal way of mapping national keyboard layouts during
	runtime (ie, not by patching the kernel tables) and providing
	better X11 support.  Codrv uses a superset of the pc3 terminal 
	emulation, and a termcap-like database for keymaps (therefore
	"keycap").  X11 is supported by two dedicated console raw devices
	/dev/kbd and /dev/vga, which avoids all the existing problems
	pccons has with X11.  The latest version has virtual consoles.
	Codrv will become part of patchkit 0.2.4"

	

5.1.2	pcvt

	A superset of pccons, this driver supports virtual consoles, 
	and some form of database oriented keyboard mappings.  It was
	also designed to emulate a vt220 terminal as best as possible.

	(This section originally identified Joerg Wuensch as the
	author. Hellmuth Michealis is the author of pcvt.  Joerg was the 
	author of the original post.  This update is from Hellmuth
	himself.  Apologies from the FAQ staff...)

	The last release of pcvt is version 3.00 and was done on March
	1st 1994 to the newsgroup comp.sources.misc, Volume 41, Issue
	140-152 (part 1-13).  Future releases and upgrades will be done
	as patches or new releases to that newsgroup.

	pcvt was recently put into the kernel sourcetree of
	NetBSD-current (pre 1.0) into /sys/arch/i386/isa/pcvt.

	pcvt is also available in the FreeBSD contributed tree at
	location /usr/ports/util/pcvt.

	The pcvt package consists of:

	- the driver itself
	- complete documentation for installation and operation
	- termcap/terminfo, pcvt.el, rc.local, /etc/ttys, xmodmap examples
	- cursor, utility to set the cursor size and shape
	- fed, a curses-based EGA/VGA character set editor
	- fontedit, utility to edit the VT220 downloadable character set
	- ispcvt, utility to display the drivers compile time configuration
	- kcon, utility to setup national keyboard layouts and remap keys
	- keycap, keyboard mapping database library similar to termcap
	- loadfont, utility to load up to 4/8 fonts into an EGA/VGA board
	- mcon, utility to control/configure a keyboard based mouse emulator
	- scon, utility to runtime configure the video part of pcvt
	- userkeys, utility to set the VT220 user programmable function keys
	- vttest, VT100 compatibility torture test program
	- demo, color- characterset- and attribute demos
	and more ....

	See the README-file for the latest release (3.00) of pcvt for
	lots more information and a complete list of the contributors
	to this project.


5.1.3	syscons

	Another superset of pccons that was designed to emulate SCO as
	well as possible.  Many of the ioctls from SysV have been 
	implemented.  XFree86 2.0 no longer requires special patches 
	to be run with kernels using this console driver.


5.1.4	Fast Symbolic Links

	The following is taken from the README for the fast sym-links
	patch:

	"This cruddy but complete hack answers one of the objections to
	 symlinks: that they are slow, and cost an entire frag.  Symlinks
	 of less than length 60 are stored in the inode itself.  Symlinks
	 longer than this are still in the inode.  To make the illusion
	 of normality complete, dump and fsck also need changing.  
	 Additionally, I made dumpfs verbose to excess."

	Fast Symbolic Links are supported natively in FreeBSD and NetBSD.


5.1.5	npx fixes

	There are problems with the floating point error handling 
	routines, and there are fixes available for this problem provided
	by Bruce Evans (of Minix-386 fame)

	Note that most of the code is applicable to floating point hardware
	as opposed to emulation.

	The newest version (and now official) fixes to this are in
	patchkit-0.2.4.

	There are still some nits in the npx emulation code in both FreeBSD
	and NetBSD.  They are being worked on.


5.1.6	CGD's COM drivers

	Chris G. Demetriou (cgd@blah blah blah) has written some COM drivers
	for 386bsd.  These, among other things, support multi-port serial
	packages.

	This driver was the basis for the FreeBSD com subsystem.  NetBSD
	does not use them.  There are patch files around that added
	some of the missing functionality to NetBSD.  Multiport comm
	support is included in both FreeBSD and NetBSD.


5.1.7	Tom Ivar Helbekkmo's wd.c replacement

	Tom Ivar Helbekkmo (tih@barsoom.nhh.no) has rewritten much of the
	386bsd 0.1 wd.c file that handles common hard disks, and added 
	many new features to the code.

	The patches to use these can be obtained from barsoom.nhh.no
	in pub/386bsd.  Users should consult the README file for more
	information.

	Also, it should be noted that NetBSD uses these drivers as their
	stock drivers.

	FreeBSD uses similar changes.


5.1.8	Interruptless LPT Driver Kit

	This driver was designed with faster performance and lower system
	load in mind.  See the INSTALL-NOTES that come with the package
	for more details and installation information.

	This is also included in NetBSD and FreeBSD.  Note that with some
	printers, it may be prefereable to ignore the status port and rely
	on the data port.  If you have tried everything else and the
	interruptless printer driver still does not work for you, you may
	need to play with this.

	It has also been determined that the interruptless driver may be
	(or already has been) removed from the system.  A newer lpt driver
	has been developed that removes many of the overhead problems that
	the original 386bsd lpt driver had.


5.2	Floppy Disk problems.

	One of the most common problems in 386BSD involves working with 
	new boot sector and/or reformatting a floppy.  Dave Silvia 
	provided this section on using floppy disks.


5.2.1	How do I get a bootable floppy?

	Several ways, ranging from brain-dead-but-works to simplest.  
	Classification into categories is left to the reader (is there 
	really a difference between 'brain-dead' and 'simple'?:')

	1) rawrite (or dd) dist.fs (or fixit.fs) to a disk,
	   mount it, cd to the mount point, and execute:

		rm -rf .

	   you now have a bootable floppy!;^}

	2) Take your existing dist.fs or fixit.fs boot disk and
	   diskcopy it on a DOS machine.  Mount and rm as in 1)
	   above.  Again, you have a bootable floppy!;^}

	3) Run disklabel on the floppy, e.g.:

		disklabel -w -r fd0a floppy5

	   where 'floppy5' is a 'name' for an entry in the /etc/disktab
	   file.  You'll get a couple of ioctl errors because writing a 
	   label to a floppy isn't supported (yet?), but the boot blocks 
	   have indeed been written.

	4) Write the boot blocks to the floppy:

		cat /usr/mdec/fdboot /usr/mdec/bootfd | dd of=/dev/rfd0a

	   or, more simply:

		cat /usr/mdec/fdboot /usr/mdec/bootfd > /dev/rfd0a

	Methods 3) and 4) require you to run newfs on the floppy, e.g.:

	newfs /dev/rfd0a floppy5

	If you have a floppy that was originally bootable, but the boot
	blocks were somehow damaged, you can use method 3) or 4) to
	restore boot-ability (do _NOT_ run newfs).  You _could_, through
	the convolutions of copying a floppy whose boot blocks are damaged
	to a temporary location and then re-copying to a bootable floppy,
	use method 1) or 2) (if you really want to!;^})

	5)  If the disk is already newfs'ed and is otherwise ready to use,
	disklabel will write the boot blocks on the disk.  Read the man page
	for disklabel.


5.2.2	How do I maximize the space on a mountable floppy disk.

	As you all know, when you are working with a floppy, it is usually
	more important that the floppy have a lot of room, rather than a
	lot of other 'stuff'.  Here is the magic incantation that will
	maximize the amount of free space on the disk.

		newfs -Tfloppy[35] -i[4096 | 8192] -c 80 /dev/fd[0|1]a

	This leaves the disk with fewer inodes and only one cylinder group.


5.3	Character Device Driver info

	These devices are also often referred to as character devices.
	
5.3.1	Printers

	Configuring a parallel printer for 386bsd requires a working 
	printer driver to be installed in the kernel.  386bsd 0.1 does 
	not include a printer driver in the stock distribution kernel.
	NetBSD and FreeBSD both include this driver in their stock 
	manifestations.

	It is possible to connect a serial printer to either.  This brief
	tutorial is provided by Daryl Berryhill 
	(djberry2@b25info.b25.ingr.com)

	The way I got my printer to work.

	1) connect a 25 pin to 9 pin null modem cable to printer and 
	   computer.
	2) set printer to 9600 baud, 7 data bits, even parity.
	3) configure /dev/com1 (DOS COM2) port the same way as the printer
	4) add a line to /etc/printcap that says:
	       lp|local line printer:\
	          :lp=/dev/com2:wq:sd=/var/spool/lpd:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:\
	          :br#9600
	5) type "lpr <add filename here>"
	6) type "lpd"
	   and it should start printing.

	An obvious point, but make sure that you do NOT start a getty on 
	on the com port.  Check the /etc/ttys file and make sure that 
	the com port you select is not active.

	There have been many reports in the past of people not being able 
	to get their parallel port printer working.  One of the problems
	seems to be cables.  Another problem may be with the hardware.  
	A seemingly stupid suggestion is to replace your printer card with
	the cheapest parallel port card you can find.  I am using a $10
	single parallel, two serial port card that I got from Altex.  
	Works great.


5.3.2	Terminals/Keyboards

	Terminals are relatively simple to add.  It involves making sure the 
	/etc/ttys file identifies the com port (com0, com00, or tty00 
	depending on your configuration) as an active port and a getty is
	running.  The man page for ttys and getty help explain this.

	Many people report that there are sometimes problems running some
	programs on a remote terminal.  There are some known bugs in the
	terminal handler where the parity and bits per character are 
	concerned.  They are being worked on.


5.3.3	Modems

	How to add a modem to 386BSD:

	The first part that confused me was assuming that /dev/com1 is 
	the same as DOS com1, they're not.  /dev/com0 is connected to 
	COM1 and (I think) /dev/com1 is connected to COM2.

	The switch settings for my modem were the same as what I had 
	under DOS, CTS CD RTS et al were set to follow the actual line 
	(i.e. my modem can force them high, which I turn off)

	Ok that's not too bad.

	Now you need to edit the /etc/remote file to include a reference 
	to the com port. I have only used NetBSD-0.8, so I'm not sure 
	what the default files are like that come with the other rev's 
	of 386BSD.

	I added the last line (with com0).
	--------------------------------------------------------
	#	@(#)remote	5.2 (Berkeley) 6/30/90
	#

	...stuff deleted...

	# UNIX system definitions
	unix1200|1200 Baud dial-out to another UNIX system:\
		:el=^U^C^R^O^D^S^Q:ie=%$:oe=^D:tc=dial1200:
	unix300|300 Baud dial-out to another UNIX system:\
		:el=^U^C^R^O^D^S^Q:ie=%$:oe=^D:tc=dial300:

	...stuff deleted...

	dial2400|2400 Baud Hayes attributes:\
	        :dv=/dev/tty19:br#2400:cu=/dev/tty19:at=hayes:du:
	dial1200|1200 Baud Hayes attributes:\
	        :dv=/dev/tty19:br#1200:cu=/dev/tty19:at=hayes:du:
	
	# Hardwired line
	com1c|com1:dv=/dev/com1:br#9600:
	com1b:dv=/dev/com1:br#2400:

	com0:com0:dv=/dev/com0:br#9600:at=hayes:
	------------------------------------------------

	Ok, now if you are running as root you can use type 'tip com0' 
	and you should then be talking to your modem.  I use kermit to 
	transfer files, and it wants to create a lock file in (not sure 
	about the exact path) /var/spool/uucp/lock or something along 
	those lines.  I made the directory world writeable so I could 
	run kermit with my own uid, rather than root.

	Also, you may need to add an entry in /etc/remote for com0.

	Thanks also to thombsr@liciren.li.co.uk for information on how 
	to do this.

	New problems have surfaced with the latest releases of NetBSD.
	It seems that the paradigm that the com port used to use was
	'less than complte' and much of the code has been replaced. 
	This provides for some interesting new problems.  The first is
	that the Carrier Detect line is no longer ignored, as it was
	before.  This means that programs like kermit and tip/cu either
	have to be told explicitly to ignore the CD line (in kermit,
	for example, you would use the 'set carrier off' in your .kermrc)
	or you need to use the 'stty -f /dev/com? clocal' command before
	you open the port.

	If you have trouble getting the settings to 'stick' it is because
	the ports are now initialized to known settings on the last close
	of the port.  A workaround for this is to use the command:

		sleep 1000 < /dev/com?
		tip ...
		 { or }
		kermit ...

	This will keep the port open for about 12 minutes while you do 
	whatever it is you need to do.  Once the port is open and your
	connection established, the port will not reset until the final
	close.

	Another symptom of this malady is described below.

	When I 'set line' in kermit, it hangs until I hit my escape
	character (^\).  It *does* set the line (and the rest of my session 
	is normal), but it's annoying because I can't put 'set line' in
	my .kermrc. 

	The answer is available in the kermit documentation as well as
	here (now).  The following commands are MY .kermrc file:


		set carrier off
		set line /dev/com2
		set speed 38400
		set modem hayes
		set dial speed on
		set dial timeout 60

	The 'set carrier off' tells kermit to ignore the Carrier Detect
	line from the modem, and to proceed as if the command were
	there.  This will (as far as I have ever been able to find
	out) fix the specific problem with not being able to set the
	line.
		

5.3.4	What is the trick for getting Kermit to work with rz and sz?

	Add these lines to your .kermrc file.  They should do the trick.

	define sz !sz \%1 \%2 \%3 \%4 \%5 \%6 \%7 \%8 \%9 < \v(line) > \v(line)
	define rz !rz \%1 \%2 \%3 \%4 \%5 \%6 \%7 \%8 \%9 < \v(line) > \v(line)


5.4	Tape Drives

	This section should help out for those of you that have either
	never used tape drives before, or only have experience with them
	as non-Unix devices.


5.4.1	Does the tape need to be formatted?

	It depends, but I think usually not.  And when it is necessary,
	I don't know how it would be done.  One thing is for certain, 
	though, first....  NEVER use the block devices..  erase them and 
	forget you ever saw them.  All operations on tape should be to 
	the character device (rst0).


5.4.2	If I execute the command 'st -f /dev/st0 status', I get:
		Archive/Tandberg? tape drive, residual=0, blocksize=512
		Density: high = 16 (0x10), medium = 15 (0xf), low = 5 (0x5)
		ds=0
		er=0

	so to write to tape at high-density (QIC-150), presumably I want 
	to use a device with minor number +4 (in st.c, density is computed as
	minor >> 2 & 0x03, where low density == 3 and high == 1):

	You have the idea.. density is controlled by bits 2 and 3

		00 = default
		01 = hi density
		10 = medium density
		11 = low density, 

	Unless the driver knows about you kind of drive the density values
	may need to be set by hand before they make any sense.


5.4.3	When is erst0 used?

	e stands for 'eject' and is bit 1 of the minor.. 
	e.g. eject on close.. many devices can't actually do this.

	There is actually a method to this whole thing:

		r = raw		(rst0)
		e = eject	(erst0)
		n = No rewind	(nrst0 or maybe nerst0)


5.4.4	How is density (bpi) computed?  I am using 3M DC 6250 cassettes 
	which have a 250MB capacity on the Viper 150.  But computing the 
	bits/inch based on 250MB/tape-length (1020 ft.), I get a density 
	of 171335 bpi, which is nowhere near the 10000 bpi associated 
	with QIC-150 in the st(1) man page.  Why the discrepancy?

	These cartridge tapes are written in narrow tracks which 
	alternately begin at opposite ends of the tape.  Track 0 starts 
	at the beginning of the tape, and Track 1 starts at the other 
	end, etc.

	So, how many times does the tape go backwards and forwards?  If 
	there are 17 tracks, your density is 170000 bpi if it is 10000
	bpi per track.  The more tracks, the lower the bpi/track.


5.4.5	How is an appropriate block size determined (and in what units 
	are they specified in the st(1) command)?

	QIC 150 and below should stick to 512 byte blocks a write of 
	1024 bytes from the program will be written as 2 512 byte blocks 
	with no speed penalty.  dd will think it's writing a 1024 byte 
	block but on tape it's 2 x 512.

	Stick to 512 on QIC 150 or less if you ever hope to swap data 
	with anyone else.


5.4.6	From the 4.3BSD mtio(4) man page, it sounds like data is typically
	(traditionally?) stored on tape in eof-terminated sequences of 
	1K records.  

5.4.6.1	Is st's notion of "file" the record sequence between two eof marks?  

5.4.6.2	What about a "record"?  

5.4.6.3	Is a "record" one "block", as determined by st's "blocksize" command?   
	If not, what is the connection between them?  

5.4.6.4	Can I change the "record" size?  
5.4.6.5	When would I want a block size that is different from the default?  
	1KB is the size of writes used by dd or whatever.  QIC specifies 
	512 byte records (well at least its what people use..)  Whatever 
	you write in will be broken into 512 byte sections.  They must be 
	multiples of 512 though.

	If you have written to a tape, a close will automatically append a 
	filemark (eof mark).  You may read the 512 byte blocks back as 
	512 byte records or as 1024 byte records (in which case you'll 
	get 2 at once).  The bigger the unit, the more efficient.

5.4.7.1	How do I write several archives to a single tape?  I tried without 
	success:
		$ st -f /dev/rst4 rewind
		$ tar cf /dev/nst4 archive1
		$ st -f /dev/nrst4 weof
		$ tar cf /dev/nst4 archive2
		$ st -f /dev/nrst4 weof

	First:  throw away the block devices.

	'n' stands for 'No-Rewind-on-close' and will leave the tape 
	positioned ready for another file e.g.

		tar -cf /dev/nrst0 archive1
		tar -cf /dev/nrst0 archive2


5.4.7.2	Later, I would expect to be able to access, say, archive3 via the fsf
	directive to skip over the first two archives.  What is the correct
	sequence?

		st -f /dev/nrst0 rewind
		st -f /dev/nrst0 fsf 2
		tar -xf /dev/rst0 {files}


5.4.8	Since the Viper 150 writes on QIC-150/120, I guess I don't need 
	to worry about writing variable-length records?  How about reading 
	a tape written with variable-length records.  Is this possible 
	with the Viper?  If so, what's involved?


	Who would have written it? :-)

	Presently you can't.  You`re right.  Don't worry about it.

	The new 'st' changes will change this somewhat, though.


5.4.9	The very scant documentation that came with my drive mentions
	a "selectable buffer disconnect size," whose default is 16K.
	This is evidently the "maximum number of bytes that can be 
	sent over the SCSI bus during a single data transfer phase."  
	What's that?  How is it connected st's "blocksize" command?  
	Do I want to use 16K blocks, or might I even want to set the 
	disconnect size to a higher value?

	This suggests that 32 512 blocks will be written at a time.
	This jives with the tape format for some of the lower density 
	cartridges (QIC-40 and 80, for example).  The tape is written 
	in blocks of 32 512-byte blocks, with the last three being used
	for Error Correction Codes.  

	Use dd or tar with 16 k blocks and 32 x 512 byte blocks will be 
	written.

5.4.10	What is "streaming"?  When I tar a directory of files to tape,
	I notice that the tape often stops.  Streaming means it doesn't 
	stop?  How would I get the viper 150 to stream using tar or cpio 
	or dump?

	Use a bigger write size... (more efficient)  Try 16k blocks.


5.4.11	Where are all the answers to the above and related questions 
	written down?  Neither on the net nor in the 4.3BSD manuals 
	nor Administration text which I have could I find this stuff 
	covered!

	They are in the FAQ :-)...


5.4.12	What else should I know?  For example, it seems that a new tape 
	must stretched.  How is this done?

	Use a blowtorch and a pair of pliers;  or you can use the 
	non-destructive method and run the tape through a complete fast 
	forward/rewind cycle to get it tight on the spindles.


5.4.13	My tape drive doesn't work.  

	OK.  There are lots of reasons why it may not.  The most obvious is
	that there are no devices associated with the device in the kernel.
	You can check this through the use of the 'dmesg' command.  Look
	for tape drives.

	If your tape drive is connected to your floppy controller, it may
	or may not be supported.  Several manufacturers of QIC-40/QIC-80
	minicartridge drives are supported natively in FreeBSD and 
	experimentatlly in NetBSD.  Some aren't (mine for example, is not).

	If your tape drive is a SCSI based drive, your guess is as good as 
	mine.  I don't have one.


5.5	Network

	Network devices for NetBSD and FreeBSD include many types of
	Ethernet cards, as well as Serial Line IP and Point to Point
	Protocol.

5.5.1	How can I get my system to work as a network router?

	The first hurdle to overcome is that the default kernels do not
	have the GATEWAY option compiled in.  Without this, it is very
	nearly impossible to use the kernel as a router.

	Once you have the GATEWAY option compiled in, all sorts of things
	magically start to work.  
-- 
TSgt Dave Burgess           | Dave Burgess
NCOIC, USSTRATCOM/J6844     | *BSD FAQ Maintainer
Offutt AFB, NE              | Burgess@cynjut.infonet.net or ...@s069.infonet...
                               

From: burgess@cynjut.infonet.net (Dave Burgess)
Newsgroups: comp.os.386bsd.announce,comp.answers,news.answers
Subject: [comp.os.386bsd] BNR/2 derived BSD for PCs FAQ (Part 7 of 10)
Date: 13 Aug 1994 19:01:16 -0500
Organization: Dave's House in Omaha
Message-ID: <386bsd-faq-7-776822434@cynjut.infonet.net>

Posted-By: auto-faq 3.1.1.2
Archive-name: 386bsd-faq/part7

Section 6.	(Interaction with MS-DOS)

6.0	Working with DOS and BNR/2 related software.

	This section is designed to cover some of the more common 
	problems that DOS will have when interacting with BNR/2.
	There are other sections of the FAQ that deal with 
	indirectly with this .  Try looking in sections 0, 1, and 2
	to see if something in there (particularly when talking 
	about DOS and *BSD coexisting on a single drive).

	
6.1	Formatting a floppy

	There is a rumor that floppy formatting either is possible or was
	possible at one time.  If you see any software or FTP sites with 
	anything about this, please contact burgess@cynjut.infonet.net
	and I will make sure it gets updated in here.

	There was a set of patches that were developed to allow floppy
	formatting.  They are not currently included in any of the *BSD
	systems.

	I have actually applied the patches for floppy formatting here
	on an older version of NetBSD, and they seem to work just fine.
	The fdformat program could use some work, but seems to work OK.  
	According to the author, similar patches are available for
	FreeBSD and the original 386BSD.  The package that I used here
	was posted in comp.os.386bsd.* somewhere.  I think that it is 
	available by anonymous FTP from cynjut.infonet.net.  If not,
	E-Mail me at burgess@cynjut.infonet.net and I will mail you a
	tar file with the stuff that I have available.
	

6.2	Sharing the Disk with MS-DOS

	There are a myriad of questions about how to share a disk between
	386bsd and MS-DOS.  They all boils down to one of the <n> following
	questions:

	1)  How can I partition my drive for both MS-DOS and 386bsd?
	2)  I can install using the whole disk, but I can't install when 
	I try to share the drive between 386bsd and MS-DOS.  Why?
	3)  I can use either MS-DOS or 386BSD on my hard drive,
	but shutdown -todos doesn't seem to work.


6.2.1	How can I partition my drive to support both MS-DOS and *bsd?

	NOTE:  Before attempting to install *bsd on a computer with an
	active DOS partition, ALWAYS back up your hard drive.  No one on 
	the net, no matter how talented, can help you recover a hosed 
	MS-DOS file system.  If you lose all of your data, it is YOUR
	fault.

	During the install phase, you need to have un-allocated space left
	on your disk drive.  This allows the install program to correctly
	install the *bsd partition in the partition table and DOS to
	peacefully co-exist with *bsd.

	If you do not have any space available on your hard drive, you will
	not be able to install both.  Re-fdisk your hard drive and make
	sure you have left un-allocated space in the partition table.  
	This WILL wipe out your DOS partition - Permanently.

	Even though the partition table procedure above may have worked, 
	there are still no guarantees that your system will boot after
	the install.  This problem most often manifests itself as one of
	the endless reboot problems.  You would normally be able to boot
	DOS from the hard disk, but not *bsd (once that partition is
	marked as active).

	Once the partition table has been correctly defined with both
	DOS and *bsd, there can still be problem.  One of the most
	common is that the disk drive works in some sort of translation
	mode.  This is particularly common with drives that physically have
	more than 1024 cylinders.  DOS cannot access a drive with more than
	1024 cylinders.  Translation mode will have to be turned off, usually
	by redefining your hard drive in SETUP as one of the user definable
	types.  This change will normally trash your hard drive, or at least
	render your DOS partition unreadable.

	The solution to this problem is to install *bsd at the end of the
	hard drive.  While DOS cannot use cylinders above 1024, *bsd has
	no such limitations, once it has booted.  During the boot-up phase,
	some of the newer boot blocks will refer to the BIOS for some
	services.  Specifically, the disk is checked for a bad sector map
	on the last track.  Since the BIOS cannot deal with cylinders
	higher than 1024, your bad sector map will be incorrectly
	identified as 1023 if the number of cylinders is larger than that.
	This problem is being worked on, and I hope to change this section
	with better news later.

	NOTE:  The only people that this problem will effect are those 
	MFM and ESDI users that have drives with more than 1023 tracks.  
	While drives of this type are not the overwhelming majority, 
	neither are they an anomoly.  People are working on it.

	As an example, if your hard disk physically has 8 heads, 16 sectors 
	per track, and 2000 cylinders (128M); you MUST use some sort of disk
	translation in order to use the entire drive.  An obvious geometry
	for this drive (for DOS) would be 16 heads, 16 sectors, and 1000
	cylinders.  Unfortunately, *bsd operates using the disk drives
	native geometry as reported during the probe phase of boot up.  This
	will probably be 8/16/2000, and will NOT agree with your translated
	disk geometry.  This causes an endless reboot cycle.  If you change
	the geometry so that the drive agrees with the disklabel, your DOS
	partition is toast.

	The best way to operate in this case would be to (for example)
	split the disk in half.  That leaves 64M for DOS, using a 
	geometry of 8 heads, 16 sectors per track, and the first 1000 
	cylinders for DOS.  The second 1000 cylinders could then safely
	be used for *bsd.  The DOS partition table may even be capable of
	showing this partition as it actually exists.

	Luke Mewburn <zak@rmit.edu.au> has provided the following tutorial on 
	using the pfdisk program and making your *bsd/NetBSD partitions
	peacefully coexist with DOS.  While this is kind of a 'cookbook' 
	approach, please keep in mind that this is probably easily 
	transferrable to all BNR derived Unices.


			Getting NetBSD 0.8 to coexist with DOS.

		    Written 930510 by Luke Mewburn <zak@rmit.edu.au>


	NetBSD can be made to happily co-exist with DOS if its install
	program knows how to modify the partition table. This assumes
	that you have access to a program which enables you to edit the
	partition table of your hard drive (such as Norton Utilities, or
	pfdisk).

	When you partition your hard drive, you will probably have a large
	partition in which you wish to place NetBSD. This has to have the
	partition ID of 165d (or 0xA5). To change this, you can use the
	'Partition Edit' section of Norton's, or you can use pfdisk.
	This document will go into more detail on how to use pfdisk, as it's
	freely available.

	I'll use my personal drive specifications in the following example.
	It is a 1001 cylinder, 15 trk/cyl, 17 sec/trk, 125MB drive. I
	low-level formatted it, and used fdisk on a MS-DOS 5.0 boot disk to
	create a primary partition '1' of 32MB, and an extended partition '2'
	of 93MB.  I formatted the drive with format c: /s to give myself a
	bootstrap for DOS (much faster than floppies :), but this isn't that
	necessary. Now, the next stage...

	Running pfdisk 0 (to access my first (and only :) HD) came up with
	something like:
	
	For help, enter: '?'
	pfdisk>

	At the prompt, enter 'l' to list partitions, giving (in my case),
	something like:

	# Partition table on device: 0
	geometry 1000 15 17 (cyls heads sectors)
	#  ID  First(cyl)  Last(cyl)  Name  # start, length (sectors)
	1   4      0        256       DOS16 # 17, 65518
	2   0    257        999       unkno # 65535, 189465
	3   0      0          0       empty # 0, 0
	4   0      0          0       empty # 0, 0
	active: 0 (none)

	(Note that there is 1 cylinder less - the last one is, I think,
	for the IDE controller to use when auto-mapping dud sectors out.)

	Now, we want to change the type of #2 (the prospective NetBSD
	partition) to 165. You can obtain a list of known IDs by selecting
	'I'. Depending on the version of pfdisk you have, 165 may or may not
	be known. This doesn't matter too much either way. To get the NetBSD
	install program to use the 2nd partition, I would enter:

	pfdisk> 2 165 257 999

	Another 'l' to list partitions would show that the entry for
	partition 2 will either look like one of the following (depending
	on whether pfdisk knows about the 386bsd partition type or not):

	2 165    257        999       unkno # 65535, 189465
	or
	2 165    257        999       386BS # 65535, 189465


	You could set the active partition with 'a 2' if you want NetBSD
	to always boot, but I personally recommend that you obtain a copy
	of OS-BS 1.35 or BOOTEASY to save you the hassle of running fdisk
	or pfdisk every time you wish to swap system types.

	To complete everything off, do 'w' to write out the info (once
	you're sure it's correct! :), and 'q' to quit the program.


	Well, I hope that is useful to someone. Comments can be directed
	to the author (Email: <zak@rmit.edu.au>).


6.2.2	I can install using the whole disk, but I can't install when 
	I try to share the drive between 386bsd and MS-DOS.  Why?

	This is an extension of the question above.  The most common reason
	for this is, once again, disk translation problems.  If the 
	disklabel does not agree with the disk geometry, the install will
	fail.  Other incarnations of this problem are that you can install
	DOS, then 386bsd, and DOS will be hosed, or vice versa.

	There are more than a couple of people who will blithely suggest that
	this is a good thing, and you should install 386bsd exclusively,
	job not withstanding.


6.2.3	I can use either MS-DOS or 386BSD on my hard drive,
	but shutdown -todos doesn't seem to work.

	There is a known bug in shutdown that prevents the -todos option 
	from working as advertised on all but the smallest DOS partitions.
	Many people have reported some success while using a very small
	(less than 32M) DOS partition as the first partition.

	There is a utility available for 386bsd which operates very much
	like the MS-DOS fdisk partitioning program.  You can use this program
	to mark the DOS partition active from 386bsd.  A similar procedure
	is used (fdisk in DOS) to mark the 386bsd partition as the active
	boot partition.  Boot managers are also an excellent investment for
	those individuals that need to boot both DOS and 386BSD.


6.2.4	Is there any hope of ever running MS-DOS applications under any of
	the free BSD systems?

	There is currently a project in development to port the Windows 
	program exvironment to Linux and the *BSD systems.  Here is an
	excerpt from the original message announcing the project:

	As many of you already know, we are in the process of creating a
	Windows emulator.  This emulator is similar to Sun's Wabi product, 
	but is being developed completely independent of them.  Many of 
	you are anxious to hear the latest status of the project.  I have 
	created a mailing list for those of you.  To join the list, simply 
	send mail to:

	wine-project-info@amscons.com

	If your mailing address is not easy to deduce from the mail 
	headers, then place the following line in the body of the message 
	that you send.

	Reply-To: youraddress@yourmachine

	where youraddress@yourmachine should be replaced by your actual 
	mailing address.


6.3	Accessing the MS-DOS filesystem 

	One of the most common MS-DOS related questions (with the possible
	exception of 6.2 above) is how to access the DOS disk partitions
	from 386bsd.  One way is to modify mtools so that it recognizes your
	DOS partition.  This solution is provided by Jim Paradis 
	(paradis@sousa.ltn.dec.com):

	--------------------------------------------------------------------
	To build a /usr/othersrc/public/mtools.2.0.5/devices.c file that 
	lets you access the DOS partition, you need to know the byte offset 
	of the DOS partition from the start of the hard disk.  You would then 
	add an entry to the devices[] array as follows:

	{'C', "/dev/wd0d", <byte-offset>L, 16, 0, (int (*) ()) 0, 0, 0, 0},

	So, f'rinstance, if your DOS partition starts at the beginning of
	the disk, you'd have:

	{'C', "/dev/wd0d", 0L, 16, 0, (int (*) ()) 0, 0, 0, 0},

	On the other hand, if your DOS partition starts 32MB into the disk,
	you'd say something like:

	{'C', "/dev/wd0d", (32768L * 1024L), 16, 0, (int (*) ()) 0, 0, 0, 0},

	--------------------------------------------------------------------
	Of course, this is both the hard and VERY non-portable way of
	solving this problem.  An easier way would be to add PCFS to your 
	386bsd/NetBSD system.  Both the PC File system and PC Network File 
	System (PC-NFS) code has been ported to 386bsd/NetBSD/FreeBSD.  These 
	are available from several sources, including the patchkit. 

	The instructions for using PCFS with 386BSD are provided by Scott 
	Miles <gt1679c@prism.gatech.EDU>. 

	    What would probably be easier would be to add a partition to 
	    the disklabel for your DOS drive and then just mount it with 
	    PCFS.  I don't know if it's in the FAQ now, I haven't read it 
	    for a while, but this is what I did:

		1) run 'fdisk' and write down the DOS partition info for 
		the start and size that it gives you.

		2) disklabel -e -r /dev/<raw device>
   		   - Add 1 to the '# partitions:', and then add another line 
   		   for the DOS partition .  Mine went in after e: as 

	   f:   130977     63   unused      0     0     # (Cyl.    0*- 129*)

	(Ed.Note:  The unused should be something else, although I really
	    couldn't tell you what. MSDOS is a recognized partition 
	    type name, maybe that should be used.  Also, make sure that
	    your c: and d: partitions do not overlap this area.  h: might 
	    be a better partition letter to use; that way the MSDOS 
	    partition is graphically separate from the rest of the BSD
	    partitions.  DO NOT USE a:, b:, c:, or d: for your DOS 
	    partition.  These are RESERVED for your BSD system and any 
	    attempt to use these for anything but what BSD uses them for 
	    will result in a completely hosed, totally dead, absolutely 
	    screwed up file system.  You have been warned! )

		3) Add a line to /etc/fstab if you want it mounted 
		automatically.
   		  Mine is:
   		  /dev/wd0f   /dos      pcfs  rw   1       2

   	    Otherwise, just mount -t pcfs /dev/<part> /<dir>

	Mount has other options that may improve performance or increase
	security for your system.  See 'man mount' for more information 
	about mounting your system read-only and other advanced features.

	In addition to this, Jordan Hubbard has provided us with the
	following description for mounting the DOS partition specifically
	from FreeBSD:

		How to mount your DOS partition from FreeBSD

	1. First, be root.  The following won't work as an ordinary user.

	2. Second, use 'fdisk' to see where your DOS partition starts.  
	It will be labeled as type DOS.  On my system, 'fdisk /dev/sd0d' 
	produces the following:

		... (extraneous output, not of interest) ...
	The data for partition 0 is:
	sysid 6,(Primary 'big' DOS (> 32MB))
	    start 32, size 306400 (149 Meg), flag 0
	        beg: cyl 0/ sector 1/ head 1;
	        end: cyl 149/ sector 32/ head 39

	    This shows me that my DOS partition starts at sector 32, and 
	is 306400 (512 byte) sectors long.

	NOTE:  If you're trying to mount a DOS `EXTENDED' partition, then 
	you need to add `32' to this start address you got from fdisk in 
	subsequent calculations, I.E. in the above example (assuming it 
	was an EXTENDED partition rather than the Primary), you'd use 
	`start 64, size 306400'.

	[Ed.Note.  This example assumes a SCSI disk.  For disks with a 
	number of sectors per track which is different than 32, you will
	probably see the 32s above replaced with your number of sectors
	per track. ]

	3. Next, using this information, you craft a new disk entry in your
	   /etc/disktab file that assigns one of your unused "UNIX" 
	   partitions to this DOS region.  Again, using my system as a 
	   default, you see I've created:

	disk0|DEC 5501:\
		:ty=winchester:dt=SCSI:se#512:nt#8:ns#256:nc#1001:rm#3600:\
		:pa#956416:oa#307200:ba#8192:fa#1024:ta=4.2BSD:\
		:pb#131072:ob#1263616:tb=swap:\
		:pc#1087488:oc#307200:tc=UNUSED:\
		:pe#306400:oe#32:te=MSDOS:

	   As you can see, partition 'e' now points to the DOS partition as
	   pointed out by fdisk.

	   [Ed.Note again.  Remember what I said about the 32 above...]
	   

	4. Now we have to actually stick the label on the disk, which is done
	   with disklabel.  Using my example, this would be:

	    disklabel -r -w sd0 disk0 SCSI /usr/mdec/sdboot /usr/mdec/bootsd

	5. Reboot your system to see the new disk label.

	6. Mount the DOS partition.  I do:

		mount -t pcfs /dev/sd0e /dos_c

	   Where /dos_c is just a convenient directory to mount it.

	7. You're set!

	With the exception that the '-t' option is msdos in NetBSD, these 
	instructions seem to work with the same facility for NetBSD.  I
	also received a note a couple of weeks ago (that I promptly deleted
	because I new that I would remember what it said) that DOS extended
	partitions are readable if you skip the first 'n' blocks in your 
	computations (where 'n' is your number of sectors per track).  This 
	way, you skip over the 'new' part of the DOS file system.  That means 
	that insted of the oe:32 above, you would need an oe:48 instead.  

	Also remember that the compressed file system in DOS 6 will probably
	be completely greek to your NetBSD/FreeBSD system.  I seriuosly 
	doubt that you will be able to read the compressed DOS file system
	anytime in the forseeable future.
     

6.4	NFS/PC-NFS support

	The problems normally associated with PC-NFS are also associated 
	with NFS in general.  


6.4.1	Can I use 8K packets for NFS?  When I try, I have all kinds of 
	problems.

	In addition to the NE2000 card, this problem can also manifest 
	itself on other ISA networks cards that have a limited amount of
	memory.  Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com) has identified 
	a common problem with the NE2000 card and provided us with a work
	around:

	--------------------------------------------------------------------
	I reported previously that I was seeing problems reading files over
	NFS using the ne2000 driver; timeouts would eventually be reported, no
	data would be read.  Listing files and directories (small ones
	anyway) were not a problem.

	After playing with etherfind and kernel printfs, I've come to this
	conclusion: Fragmented 8K UDP packets from the NFS server are not
	reaching the UDP layer in 386bsd.  The Sun is sending them (according
	to another Sun spying on the network), but the UDP input routine is
	never called.  I don't know if the bug here is on the 386bsd or Sun
	side, and won't have time to look into it in the next couple of days.

	In the meantime, mounting NFS file systems with "rsize=1024" does get
	rid of this problem.

	Ken
	--------------------------------------------------------------------

	As a matter of policy, specifying "rsize=1024,wsize=1024" works very
	well also, and makes the transfers seem to run faster.  This is
	probably because there are fewer collisions.  The disadvantage of 
	this method comes from the kernel 'sync'ing after all NFS writes.  
	This can slow NFS accesses considerably.  As with most 
	generalizations, this one too can do nearly as much harm as good.  
	Charles Hannum reports that he has no trouble using the default 8K 
	packet size.  If you have trouble, reduce your default packet size
	until the problem goes away.

	WIth the newer drivers (especially the ed driver) most of these 
	problems are solved automagically.  If you are still using the
	original 386bsd 0.1 release, you REALLY need to upgrade.
	

6.4.2	How do I get around the NFS "Permission denied" error?

	The problem is not the configuration of the server (unless there is
	no real requirement to run it in "secure" mode, and you happen to
	be running it that way anyway).  The problem is the fact that,
	even though mount request are sent on a privileged port, NFS
	connections are not.  This is part of secure NFS, and is not
	supported in 386BSD.
	

6.4.3	What does the message "BAD MNT RPC: RPC Authentication error; 
	why = Invalid client credential" mean when I try to mount something
	from another machine?

	Hellmuth Michaelis (hm@hcshh.hcs.de) offers the solution to this
	relatively common problem:

	You have to make sure that the user "root" is not present in more
	than 8 entries in the "/etc/group" - file on the 386BSD machine.
	Simply remove some entries and the NFS mounts will succeed.

	The problem is also explained in the Clarkson Driver documentation.
	On 386bsd, the maximum number of groups that can be associated with
	a particular user is specified in the source (in a #DEFINE).  In 
	386bsd, this number is set to 8.  So, you actually have two routes
	you can take to correct this problem.  The first is outlined by
	Hellmuth, above, and the second is to edit and recompile the NSF
	software to allow more groups.


6.4.4	What does the message "Bad MNT RPC: RPC: Authentication error; 
	why = Client credential too weak" mean when I try to mount something
	from another machine?

	This problem is a standard NFS problem; it simply means that your 
	user number is not one of the ones that can mount this NFS.  
	Normally, you will get this message when you are trying to mount 
	a filesystem from a machine that allows 'root' to mount an NFS,
	but limits other users.


6.4.5	I get a lot of 'ring buffer overflow' messages using NFS and the
	ed0 driver.  Is there a problem?

	David Greenman (davidg@implode.rain.com), the original author of 
	the ed0 driver, provides us with some insight into the inner 
	workings of the ed0 driver.

	   It always surpises me that people don't just ask the original 
	author these questions. :-) Anyway, the reason these are happening 
	is that the access to the 8bit boards shared memory simply isn't 
	fast enough to deal with full wire speeds...but the driver tries 
	hard...so even though packets get dropped, your performance only 
	drops to about what the ethernet board is capable of (should be 
	in the 400-600k range with an 8bit card). NFS is especially bad 
	because the UDP window is quite large (40k last time I looked), 
	so the overflow condition can happen easily. I've explained this
	for the most part in the release notes for the driver, but these 
	didn't make it into either the FreeBSD or NetBSD releases (we 
	couldn't find an appropriate place to put them).

	>From the release notes:

	receive
	-------
	   The 8390 implements a shared memory ring-buffer to store 
	incoming packets.  The 8bit boards (3c503, and 8003) usually have 
	only 8k bytes of shared memory.  This is only enough room for about 
	4 full size (1500 byte) packets. This can sometimes be a problem, 
	especially on the original WD8003E and 3c503.  This is because these 
	boards' shared memory access speed is also quite slow compared to 
	newer boards - typically only about 1MB/second. The additional 
	overhead of this slow memory access, and the fact that there is 
	only room for 4 full-sized packets means that the ring-buffer 
	will occassionally overflow.  When this happens, the board must 
	be reset to avoid a lockup problem in early revision 8390's.  
	Resetting the board will cause all of the data in the ring-buffer 
	to be lost - requiring it to be re-transmitted/received...slowing 
	things even further.  Because of these problems, maximum throughput 
	on boards of this type is only about 400-600k per second. The 16bit 
	boards (8013 series), however, have 16k of memory as well as much 
	faster memory access speed. Typical memory access speed on these 
	boards is about 4MB/second. These boards generally have no problems 
	keeping up with full ethernet speed. The only problem I've seen 
	with these boards is related to the (slow) performance of 386BSD's 
	malloc code when additional mbufs must be added to the pool. This 
	can sometimes increase the total time to remove a packet enough 
	for a ring-buffer overflow to occur.  


6.4.6	Is there any PC software that will allow me to use my enormous PC
	with all of the unsupported hardware as a PC-NFS server?

	Yes.  It is called SOSS, and is available from MANY FTP sources.
	You will need the aforementioned Clarkson Packet Drivers for it
	to work, but that should cause too many problems for most people.


6.5	How can I use mtools with the 'new' floppy naming convention?

	With the adoption of BSD 4.4, there is a new way of accessing
	the floppy disk drive types.  The method uses the minor device
	number to specify different media sizes and densities.  These
	densities are established by a table from the file 
	/usr/src/sys/arch/i386/isa/fd.c (in NetBSD, your mileage may
	vary).  The table in FreeBSD's fd.c is likely to be slightly
	different.

	The order of the entries defines the order of the minor
	numbers, so the table below has the following characteristics:

 	    /dev/fd0a	1	/* 1.44MB diskette */ 
	    /dev/fd0b	2	/* 1.2 MB AT-diskettes */ 
	    /dev/fd0c	3	/* 360kB in 1.2MB drive */ 
	    /dev/fd0d	4	/* 360kB PC diskettes */ 
	    /dev/fd0e	5	/* 3.5" 720kB diskette */ 
	    /dev/fd0f	6	/* 720kB in 1.2MB drive */ 
	    /dev/fd0g	7	/* 360kB in 720kB drive */

	struct fd_type fd_types[] = {
        	{ 18,2,0xff,0xcf,0x1b,0x6c,80,2880,1,FDC_500KBPS,2,"1.44MB"  },
        	{ 15,2,0xff,0xdf,0x1b,0x54,80,2400,1,FDC_500KBPS,2,"1.2MB"   },
        	{  9,2,0xff,0xdf,0x23,0x50,40, 720,2,FDC_300KBPS,2,"360KB/AT"},
        	{  9,2,0xff,0xdf,0x2a,0x50,40, 720,1,FDC_250KBPS,2,"360KB/PC"},
        	{  9,2,0xff,0xdf,0x2a,0x50,80,1440,1,FDC_250KBPS,2,"720KB"   },
        	{  9,2,0xff,0xdf,0x23,0x50,80,1440,1,FDC_300KBPS,2,"720KB/x" },
        	{  9,2,0xff,0xdf,0x2a,0x50,40, 720,2,FDC_250KBPS,2,"360KB/x" },
	};

	In order to add a new device (such as a 2.44 Meg floppy) new
	tables entries are theoretically all that would be needed.  As
	new entries are created, the minor device numbers would
	increase and the associated device names would be added.
-- 
TSgt Dave Burgess           | Dave Burgess
NCOIC, USSTRATCOM/J6844     | *BSD FAQ Maintainer
Offutt AFB, NE              | Burgess@cynjut.infonet.net or ...@s069.infonet...
                               

From: burgess@cynjut.infonet.net (Dave Burgess)
Newsgroups: comp.os.386bsd.announce,comp.answers,news.answers
Subject: [comp.os.386bsd] BNR/2 derived BSD for PCs FAQ (Part 7 of 10)
Date: 13 Aug 1994 19:01:16 -0500
Organization: Dave's House in Omaha
Message-ID: <386bsd-faq-7-776822434@cynjut.infonet.net>

Posted-By: auto-faq 3.1.1.2
Archive-name: 386bsd-faq/part7

Section 6.	(Interaction with MS-DOS)

6.0	Working with DOS and BNR/2 related software.

	This section is designed to cover some of the more common 
	problems that DOS will have when interacting with BNR/2.
	There are other sections of the FAQ that deal with 
	indirectly with this .  Try looking in sections 0, 1, and 2
	to see if something in there (particularly when talking 
	about DOS and *BSD coexisting on a single drive).

	
6.1	Formatting a floppy

	There is a rumor that floppy formatting either is possible or was
	possible at one time.  If you see any software or FTP sites with 
	anything about this, please contact burgess@cynjut.infonet.net
	and I will make sure it gets updated in here.

	There was a set of patches that were developed to allow floppy
	formatting.  They are not currently included in any of the *BSD
	systems.

	I have actually applied the patches for floppy formatting here
	on an older version of NetBSD, and they seem to work just fine.
	The fdformat program could use some work, but seems to work OK.  
	According to the author, similar patches are available for
	FreeBSD and the original 386BSD.  The package that I used here
	was posted in comp.os.386bsd.* somewhere.  I think that it is 
	available by anonymous FTP from cynjut.infonet.net.  If not,
	E-Mail me at burgess@cynjut.infonet.net and I will mail you a
	tar file with the stuff that I have available.
	

6.2	Sharing the Disk with MS-DOS

	There are a myriad of questions about how to share a disk between
	386bsd and MS-DOS.  They all boils down to one of the <n> following
	questions:

	1)  How can I partition my drive for both MS-DOS and 386bsd?
	2)  I can install using the whole disk, but I can't install when 
	I try to share the drive between 386bsd and MS-DOS.  Why?
	3)  I can use either MS-DOS or 386BSD on my hard drive,
	but shutdown -todos doesn't seem to work.


6.2.1	How can I partition my drive to support both MS-DOS and *bsd?

	NOTE:  Before attempting to install *bsd on a computer with an
	active DOS partition, ALWAYS back up your hard drive.  No one on 
	the net, no matter how talented, can help you recover a hosed 
	MS-DOS file system.  If you lose all of your data, it is YOUR
	fault.

	During the install phase, you need to have un-allocated space left
	on your disk drive.  This allows the install program to correctly
	install the *bsd partition in the partition table and DOS to
	peacefully co-exist with *bsd.

	If you do not have any space available on your hard drive, you will
	not be able to install both.  Re-fdisk your hard drive and make
	sure you have left un-allocated space in the partition table.  
	This WILL wipe out your DOS partition - Permanently.

	Even though the partition table procedure above may have worked, 
	there are still no guarantees that your system will boot after
	the install.  This problem most often manifests itself as one of
	the endless reboot problems.  You would normally be able to boot
	DOS from the hard disk, but not *bsd (once that partition is
	marked as active).

	Once the partition table has been correctly defined with both
	DOS and *bsd, there can still be problem.  One of the most
	common is that the disk drive works in some sort of translation
	mode.  This is particularly common with drives that physically have
	more than 1024 cylinders.  DOS cannot access a drive with more than
	1024 cylinders.  Translation mode will have to be turned off, usually
	by redefining your hard drive in SETUP as one of the user definable
	types.  This change will normally trash your hard drive, or at least
	render your DOS partition unreadable.

	The solution to this problem is to install *bsd at the end of the
	hard drive.  While DOS cannot use cylinders above 1024, *bsd has
	no such limitations, once it has booted.  During the boot-up phase,
	some of the newer boot blocks will refer to the BIOS for some
	services.  Specifically, the disk is checked for a bad sector map
	on the last track.  Since the BIOS cannot deal with cylinders
	higher than 1024, your bad sector map will be incorrectly
	identified as 1023 if the number of cylinders is larger than that.
	This problem is being worked on, and I hope to change this section
	with better news later.

	NOTE:  The only people that this problem will effect are those 
	MFM and ESDI users that have drives with more than 1023 tracks.  
	While drives of this type are not the overwhelming majority, 
	neither are they an anomoly.  People are working on it.

	As an example, if your hard disk physically has 8 heads, 16 sectors 
	per track, and 2000 cylinders (128M); you MUST use some sort of disk
	translation in order to use the entire drive.  An obvious geometry
	for this drive (for DOS) would be 16 heads, 16 sectors, and 1000
	cylinders.  Unfortunately, *bsd operates using the disk drives
	native geometry as reported during the probe phase of boot up.  This
	will probably be 8/16/2000, and will NOT agree with your translated
	disk geometry.  This causes an endless reboot cycle.  If you change
	the geometry so that the drive agrees with the disklabel, your DOS
	partition is toast.

	The best way to operate in this case would be to (for example)
	split the disk in half.  That leaves 64M for DOS, using a 
	geometry of 8 heads, 16 sectors per track, and the first 1000 
	cylinders for DOS.  The second 1000 cylinders could then safely
	be used for *bsd.  The DOS partition table may even be capable of
	showing this partition as it actually exists.

	Luke Mewburn <zak@rmit.edu.au> has provided the following tutorial on 
	using the pfdisk program and making your *bsd/NetBSD partitions
	peacefully coexist with DOS.  While this is kind of a 'cookbook' 
	approach, please keep in mind that this is probably easily 
	transferrable to all BNR derived Unices.


			Getting NetBSD 0.8 to coexist with DOS.

		    Written 930510 by Luke Mewburn <zak@rmit.edu.au>


	NetBSD can be made to happily co-exist with DOS if its install
	program knows how to modify the partition table. This assumes
	that you have access to a program which enables you to edit the
	partition table of your hard drive (such as Norton Utilities, or
	pfdisk).

	When you partition your hard drive, you will probably have a large
	partition in which you wish to place NetBSD. This has to have the
	partition ID of 165d (or 0xA5). To change this, you can use the
	'Partition Edit' section of Norton's, or you can use pfdisk.
	This document will go into more detail on how to use pfdisk, as it's
	freely available.

	I'll use my personal drive specifications in the following example.
	It is a 1001 cylinder, 15 trk/cyl, 17 sec/trk, 125MB drive. I
	low-level formatted it, and used fdisk on a MS-DOS 5.0 boot disk to
	create a primary partition '1' of 32MB, and an extended partition '2'
	of 93MB.  I formatted the drive with format c: /s to give myself a
	bootstrap for DOS (much faster than floppies :), but this isn't that
	necessary. Now, the next stage...

	Running pfdisk 0 (to access my first (and only :) HD) came up with
	something like:
	
	For help, enter: '?'
	pfdisk>

	At the prompt, enter 'l' to list partitions, giving (in my case),
	something like:

	# Partition table on device: 0
	geometry 1000 15 17 (cyls heads sectors)
	#  ID  First(cyl)  Last(cyl)  Name  # start, length (sectors)
	1   4      0        256       DOS16 # 17, 65518
	2   0    257        999       unkno # 65535, 189465
	3   0      0          0       empty # 0, 0
	4   0      0          0       empty # 0, 0
	active: 0 (none)

	(Note that there is 1 cylinder less - the last one is, I think,
	for the IDE controller to use when auto-mapping dud sectors out.)

	Now, we want to change the type of #2 (the prospective NetBSD
	partition) to 165. You can obtain a list of known IDs by selecting
	'I'. Depending on the version of pfdisk you have, 165 may or may not
	be known. This doesn't matter too much either way. To get the NetBSD
	install program to use the 2nd partition, I would enter:

	pfdisk> 2 165 257 999

	Another 'l' to list partitions would show that the entry for
	partition 2 will either look like one of the following (depending
	on whether pfdisk knows about the 386bsd partition type or not):

	2 165    257        999       unkno # 65535, 189465
	or
	2 165    257        999       386BS # 65535, 189465


	You could set the active partition with 'a 2' if you want NetBSD
	to always boot, but I personally recommend that you obtain a copy
	of OS-BS 1.35 or BOOTEASY to save you the hassle of running fdisk
	or pfdisk every time you wish to swap system types.

	To complete everything off, do 'w' to write out the info (once
	you're sure it's correct! :), and 'q' to quit the program.


	Well, I hope that is useful to someone. Comments can be directed
	to the author (Email: <zak@rmit.edu.au>).


6.2.2	I can install using the whole disk, but I can't install when 
	I try to share the drive between 386bsd and MS-DOS.  Why?

	This is an extension of the question above.  The most common reason
	for this is, once again, disk translation problems.  If the 
	disklabel does not agree with the disk geometry, the install will
	fail.  Other incarnations of this problem are that you can install
	DOS, then 386bsd, and DOS will be hosed, or vice versa.

	There are more than a couple of people who will blithely suggest that
	this is a good thing, and you should install 386bsd exclusively,
	job not withstanding.


6.2.3	I can use either MS-DOS or 386BSD on my hard drive,
	but shutdown -todos doesn't seem to work.

	There is a known bug in shutdown that prevents the -todos option 
	from working as advertised on all but the smallest DOS partitions.
	Many people have reported some success while using a very small
	(less than 32M) DOS partition as the first partition.

	There is a utility available for 386bsd which operates very much
	like the MS-DOS fdisk partitioning program.  You can use this program
	to mark the DOS partition active from 386bsd.  A similar procedure
	is used (fdisk in DOS) to mark the 386bsd partition as the active
	boot partition.  Boot managers are also an excellent investment for
	those individuals that need to boot both DOS and 386BSD.


6.2.4	Is there any hope of ever running MS-DOS applications under any of
	the free BSD systems?

	There is currently a project in development to port the Windows 
	program exvironment to Linux and the *BSD systems.  Here is an
	excerpt from the original message announcing the project:

	As many of you already know, we are in the process of creating a
	Windows emulator.  This emulator is similar to Sun's Wabi product, 
	but is being developed completely independent of them.  Many of 
	you are anxious to hear the latest status of the project.  I have 
	created a mailing list for those of you.  To join the list, simply 
	send mail to:

	wine-project-info@amscons.com

	If your mailing address is not easy to deduce from the mail 
	headers, then place the following line in the body of the message 
	that you send.

	Reply-To: youraddress@yourmachine

	where youraddress@yourmachine should be replaced by your actual 
	mailing address.


6.3	Accessing the MS-DOS filesystem 

	One of the most common MS-DOS related questions (with the possible
	exception of 6.2 above) is how to access the DOS disk partitions
	from 386bsd.  One way is to modify mtools so that it recognizes your
	DOS partition.  This solution is provided by Jim Paradis 
	(paradis@sousa.ltn.dec.com):

	--------------------------------------------------------------------
	To build a /usr/othersrc/public/mtools.2.0.5/devices.c file that 
	lets you access the DOS partition, you need to know the byte offset 
	of the DOS partition from the start of the hard disk.  You would then 
	add an entry to the devices[] array as follows:

	{'C', "/dev/wd0d", <byte-offset>L, 16, 0, (int (*) ()) 0, 0, 0, 0},

	So, f'rinstance, if your DOS partition starts at the beginning of
	the disk, you'd have:

	{'C', "/dev/wd0d", 0L, 16, 0, (int (*) ()) 0, 0, 0, 0},

	On the other hand, if your DOS partition starts 32MB into the disk,
	you'd say something like:

	{'C', "/dev/wd0d", (32768L * 1024L), 16, 0, (int (*) ()) 0, 0, 0, 0},

	--------------------------------------------------------------------
	Of course, this is both the hard and VERY non-portable way of
	solving this problem.  An easier way would be to add PCFS to your 
	386bsd/NetBSD system.  Both the PC File system and PC Network File 
	System (PC-NFS) code has been ported to 386bsd/NetBSD/FreeBSD.  These 
	are available from several sources, including the patchkit. 

	The instructions for using PCFS with 386BSD are provided by Scott 
	Miles <gt1679c@prism.gatech.EDU>. 

	    What would probably be easier would be to add a partition to 
	    the disklabel for your DOS drive and then just mount it with 
	    PCFS.  I don't know if it's in the FAQ now, I haven't read it 
	    for a while, but this is what I did:

		1) run 'fdisk' and write down the DOS partition info for 
		the start and size that it gives you.

		2) disklabel -e -r /dev/<raw device>
   		   - Add 1 to the '# partitions:', and then add another line 
   		   for the DOS partition .  Mine went in after e: as 

	   f:   130977     63   unused      0     0     # (Cyl.    0*- 129*)

	(Ed.Note:  The unused should be something else, although I really
	    couldn't tell you what. MSDOS is a recognized partition 
	    type name, maybe that should be used.  Also, make sure that
	    your c: and d: partitions do not overlap this area.  h: might 
	    be a better partition letter to use; that way the MSDOS 
	    partition is graphically separate from the rest of the BSD
	    partitions.  DO NOT USE a:, b:, c:, or d: for your DOS 
	    partition.  These are RESERVED for your BSD system and any 
	    attempt to use these for anything but what BSD uses them for 
	    will result in a completely hosed, totally dead, absolutely 
	    screwed up file system.  You have been warned! )

		3) Add a line to /etc/fstab if you want it mounted 
		automatically.
   		  Mine is:
   		  /dev/wd0f   /dos      pcfs  rw   1       2

   	    Otherwise, just mount -t pcfs /dev/<part> /<dir>

	Mount has other options that may improve performance or increase
	security for your system.  See 'man mount' for more information 
	about mounting your system read-only and other advanced features.

	In addition to this, Jordan Hubbard has provided us with the
	following description for mounting the DOS partition specifically
	from FreeBSD:

		How to mount your DOS partition from FreeBSD

	1. First, be root.  The following won't work as an ordinary user.

	2. Second, use 'fdisk' to see where your DOS partition starts.  
	It will be labeled as type DOS.  On my system, 'fdisk /dev/sd0d' 
	produces the following:

		... (extraneous output, not of interest) ...
	The data for partition 0 is:
	sysid 6,(Primary 'big' DOS (> 32MB))
	    start 32, size 306400 (149 Meg), flag 0
	        beg: cyl 0/ sector 1/ head 1;
	        end: cyl 149/ sector 32/ head 39

	    This shows me that my DOS partition starts at sector 32, and 
	is 306400 (512 byte) sectors long.

	NOTE:  If you're trying to mount a DOS `EXTENDED' partition, then 
	you need to add `32' to this start address you got from fdisk in 
	subsequent calculations, I.E. in the above example (assuming it 
	was an EXTENDED partition rather than the Primary), you'd use 
	`start 64, size 306400'.

	[Ed.Note.  This example assumes a SCSI disk.  For disks with a 
	number of sectors per track which is different than 32, you will
	probably see the 32s above replaced with your number of sectors
	per track. ]

	3. Next, using this information, you craft a new disk entry in your
	   /etc/disktab file that assigns one of your unused "UNIX" 
	   partitions to this DOS region.  Again, using my system as a 
	   default, you see I've created:

	disk0|DEC 5501:\
		:ty=winchester:dt=SCSI:se#512:nt#8:ns#256:nc#1001:rm#3600:\
		:pa#956416:oa#307200:ba#8192:fa#1024:ta=4.2BSD:\
		:pb#131072:ob#1263616:tb=swap:\
		:pc#1087488:oc#307200:tc=UNUSED:\
		:pe#306400:oe#32:te=MSDOS:

	   As you can see, partition 'e' now points to the DOS partition as
	   pointed out by fdisk.

	   [Ed.Note again.  Remember what I said about the 32 above...]
	   

	4. Now we have to actually stick the label on the disk, which is done
	   with disklabel.  Using my example, this would be:

	    disklabel -r -w sd0 disk0 SCSI /usr/mdec/sdboot /usr/mdec/bootsd

	5. Reboot your system to see the new disk label.

	6. Mount the DOS partition.  I do:

		mount -t pcfs /dev/sd0e /dos_c

	   Where /dos_c is just a convenient directory to mount it.

	7. You're set!

	With the exception that the '-t' option is msdos in NetBSD, these 
	instructions seem to work with the same facility for NetBSD.  I
	also received a note a couple of weeks ago (that I promptly deleted
	because I new that I would remember what it said) that DOS extended
	partitions are readable if you skip the first 'n' blocks in your 
	computations (where 'n' is your number of sectors per track).  This 
	way, you skip over the 'new' part of the DOS file system.  That means 
	that insted of the oe:32 above, you would need an oe:48 instead.  

	Also remember that the compressed file system in DOS 6 will probably
	be completely greek to your NetBSD/FreeBSD system.  I seriuosly 
	doubt that you will be able to read the compressed DOS file system
	anytime in the forseeable future.
     

6.4	NFS/PC-NFS support

	The problems normally associated with PC-NFS are also associated 
	with NFS in general.  


6.4.1	Can I use 8K packets for NFS?  When I try, I have all kinds of 
	problems.

	In addition to the NE2000 card, this problem can also manifest 
	itself on other ISA networks cards that have a limited amount of
	memory.  Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com) has identified 
	a common problem with the NE2000 card and provided us with a work
	around:

	--------------------------------------------------------------------
	I reported previously that I was seeing problems reading files over
	NFS using the ne2000 driver; timeouts would eventually be reported, no
	data would be read.  Listing files and directories (small ones
	anyway) were not a problem.

	After playing with etherfind and kernel printfs, I've come to this
	conclusion: Fragmented 8K UDP packets from the NFS server are not
	reaching the UDP layer in 386bsd.  The Sun is sending them (according
	to another Sun spying on the network), but the UDP input routine is
	never called.  I don't know if the bug here is on the 386bsd or Sun
	side, and won't have time to look into it in the next couple of days.

	In the meantime, mounting NFS file systems with "rsize=1024" does get
	rid of this problem.

	Ken
	--------------------------------------------------------------------

	As a matter of policy, specifying "rsize=1024,wsize=1024" works very
	well also, and makes the transfers seem to run faster.  This is
	probably because there are fewer collisions.  The disadvantage of 
	this method comes from the kernel 'sync'ing after all NFS writes.  
	This can slow NFS accesses considerably.  As with most 
	generalizations, this one too can do nearly as much harm as good.  
	Charles Hannum reports that he has no trouble using the default 8K 
	packet size.  If you have trouble, reduce your default packet size
	until the problem goes away.

	WIth the newer drivers (especially the ed driver) most of these 
	problems are solved automagically.  If you are still using the
	original 386bsd 0.1 release, you REALLY need to upgrade.
	

6.4.2	How do I get around the NFS "Permission denied" error?

	The problem is not the configuration of the server (unless there is
	no real requirement to run it in "secure" mode, and you happen to
	be running it that way anyway).  The problem is the fact that,
	even though mount request are sent on a privileged port, NFS
	connections are not.  This is part of secure NFS, and is not
	supported in 386BSD.
	

6.4.3	What does the message "BAD MNT RPC: RPC Authentication error; 
	why = Invalid client credential" mean when I try to mount something
	from another machine?

	Hellmuth Michaelis (hm@hcshh.hcs.de) offers the solution to this
	relatively common problem:

	You have to make sure that the user "root" is not present in more
	than 8 entries in the "/etc/group" - file on the 386BSD machine.
	Simply remove some entries and the NFS mounts will succeed.

	The problem is also explained in the Clarkson Driver documentation.
	On 386bsd, the maximum number of groups that can be associated with
	a particular user is specified in the source (in a #DEFINE).  In 
	386bsd, this number is set to 8.  So, you actually have two routes
	you can take to correct this problem.  The first is outlined by
	Hellmuth, above, and the second is to edit and recompile the NSF
	software to allow more groups.


6.4.4	What does the message "Bad MNT RPC: RPC: Authentication error; 
	why = Client credential too weak" mean when I try to mount something
	from another machine?

	This problem is a standard NFS problem; it simply means that your 
	user number is not one of the ones that can mount this NFS.  
	Normally, you will get this message when you are trying to mount 
	a filesystem from a machine that allows 'root' to mount an NFS,
	but limits other users.


6.4.5	I get a lot of 'ring buffer overflow' messages using NFS and the
	ed0 driver.  Is there a problem?

	David Greenman (davidg@implode.rain.com), the original author of 
	the ed0 driver, provides us with some insight into the inner 
	workings of the ed0 driver.

	   It always surpises me that people don't just ask the original 
	author these questions. :-) Anyway, the reason these are happening 
	is that the access to the 8bit boards shared memory simply isn't 
	fast enough to deal with full wire speeds...but the driver tries 
	hard...so even though packets get dropped, your performance only 
	drops to about what the ethernet board is capable of (should be 
	in the 400-600k range with an 8bit card). NFS is especially bad 
	because the UDP window is quite large (40k last time I looked), 
	so the overflow condition can happen easily. I've explained this
	for the most part in the release notes for the driver, but these 
	didn't make it into either the FreeBSD or NetBSD releases (we 
	couldn't find an appropriate place to put them).

	>From the release notes:

	receive
	-------
	   The 8390 implements a shared memory ring-buffer to store 
	incoming packets.  The 8bit boards (3c503, and 8003) usually have 
	only 8k bytes of shared memory.  This is only enough room for about 
	4 full size (1500 byte) packets. This can sometimes be a problem, 
	especially on the original WD8003E and 3c503.  This is because these 
	boards' shared memory access speed is also quite slow compared to 
	newer boards - typically only about 1MB/second. The additional 
	overhead of this slow memory access, and the fact that there is 
	only room for 4 full-sized packets means that the ring-buffer 
	will occassionally overflow.  When this happens, the board must 
	be reset to avoid a lockup problem in early revision 8390's.  
	Resetting the board will cause all of the data in the ring-buffer 
	to be lost - requiring it to be re-transmitted/received...slowing 
	things even further.  Because of these problems, maximum throughput 
	on boards of this type is only about 400-600k per second. The 16bit 
	boards (8013 series), however, have 16k of memory as well as much 
	faster memory access speed. Typical memory access speed on these 
	boards is about 4MB/second. These boards generally have no problems 
	keeping up with full ethernet speed. The only problem I've seen 
	with these boards is related to the (slow) performance of 386BSD's 
	malloc code when additional mbufs must be added to the pool. This 
	can sometimes increase the total time to remove a packet enough 
	for a ring-buffer overflow to occur.  


6.4.6	Is there any PC software that will allow me to use my enormous PC
	with all of the unsupported hardware as a PC-NFS server?

	Yes.  It is called SOSS, and is available from MANY FTP sources.
	You will need the aforementioned Clarkson Packet Drivers for it
	to work, but that should cause too many problems for most people.


6.5	How can I use mtools with the 'new' floppy naming convention?

	With the adoption of BSD 4.4, there is a new way of accessing
	the floppy disk drive types.  The method uses the minor device
	number to specify different media sizes and densities.  These
	densities are established by a table from the file 
	/usr/src/sys/arch/i386/isa/fd.c (in NetBSD, your mileage may
	vary).  The table in FreeBSD's fd.c is likely to be slightly
	different.

	The order of the entries defines the order of the minor
	numbers, so the table below has the following characteristics:

 	    /dev/fd0a	1	/* 1.44MB diskette */ 
	    /dev/fd0b	2	/* 1.2 MB AT-diskettes */ 
	    /dev/fd0c	3	/* 360kB in 1.2MB drive */ 
	    /dev/fd0d	4	/* 360kB PC diskettes */ 
	    /dev/fd0e	5	/* 3.5" 720kB diskette */ 
	    /dev/fd0f	6	/* 720kB in 1.2MB drive */ 
	    /dev/fd0g	7	/* 360kB in 720kB drive */

	struct fd_type fd_types[] = {
        	{ 18,2,0xff,0xcf,0x1b,0x6c,80,2880,1,FDC_500KBPS,2,"1.44MB"  },
        	{ 15,2,0xff,0xdf,0x1b,0x54,80,2400,1,FDC_500KBPS,2,"1.2MB"   },
        	{  9,2,0xff,0xdf,0x23,0x50,40, 720,2,FDC_300KBPS,2,"360KB/AT"},
        	{  9,2,0xff,0xdf,0x2a,0x50,40, 720,1,FDC_250KBPS,2,"360KB/PC"},
        	{  9,2,0xff,0xdf,0x2a,0x50,80,1440,1,FDC_250KBPS,2,"720KB"   },
        	{  9,2,0xff,0xdf,0x23,0x50,80,1440,1,FDC_300KBPS,2,"720KB/x" },
        	{  9,2,0xff,0xdf,0x2a,0x50,40, 720,2,FDC_250KBPS,2,"360KB/x" },
	};

	In order to add a new device (such as a 2.44 Meg floppy) new
	tables entries are theoretically all that would be needed.  As
	new entries are created, the minor device numbers would
	increase and the associated device names would be added.
-- 
TSgt Dave Burgess           | Dave Burgess
NCOIC, USSTRATCOM/J6844     | *BSD FAQ Maintainer
Offutt AFB, NE              | Burgess@cynjut.infonet.net or ...@s069.infonet...
                               

From: burgess@cynjut.infonet.net (Dave Burgess)
Newsgroups: comp.os.386bsd.announce,comp.answers,news.answers
Subject: [comp.os.386bsd] BNR/2 derived BSD for PCs FAQ (Part 8 of 10)
Date: 13 Aug 1994 19:01:19 -0500
Organization: Dave's House in Omaha
Message-ID: <386bsd-faq-8-776822434@cynjut.infonet.net>

Posted-By: auto-faq 3.1.1.2
Archive-name: 386bsd-faq/part8

Section 7.	(System Communication and Network Information)

7.0	Communications

	386bsd and its kith support a wide range of communications methods.
	
7.1	SLIP/CSLIP

	Serial Line I/P is supported in all versions of PC BSDs.

	Brian <brian@awfulhak.demon.co.uk> provides us with a rather
	good explanation of some of the hurdles that must be overcome
	for a working slip interface.

	The idea is (overview) that you make a serial line connection to 
	the host, set the line discipline, and tell your router to use 
	this interface as your gateway.  You also should set the gateway 
	up as a nameserver.

	You will need the information in 7.4.1 below to make sense to
	you before you proceed much further.  I suggest you read that
	now.

	Sounds easy ? - well it is if you've done it before.

	The _usual_ way of doing this is as follows:

	Both server and client must know eachothers inet addresses.  Set 
	these up in /etc/hosts with lines saying
	    11.22.33.44 host.my.domain.name host
	    11.22.33.55 client.my.domain.name client

	where 11.22.33.?? is your inet number, and the following name is 
	the full machine name (and is followed by any number of aliases).

	SERVER:
 	  Create a login - usually Sclientname - and run `sliplogin` as 
 	  its shell.  I've looked at the docs for sliplogin, and it seems
 	  fairly straightforward.  [Ed.Note - I have; it is.]
 	  A fairly common problem on the server is an error that is 
 	  caused by the lack of a 'sliplogin' entry in the /etc/shells
 	  file.  Be sure to add sliplogin to your shells file.

	CLIENT:
	  Set up /etc/resolv.conf to say the following (for the nameserver)
		domain client.my.domain.name
		nameserver 11.22.33.55

	  ** traditional method **
	  - Log on to the server.  This is usually done via kermit or
	    some such program.
	  - Exit the program (or background it if your line wants to
	    drop once the device is closed).
	  - Run `slattach /dev/comport` for whatever "comport" is.  On most
	    BSD derived systems, this may be either com0, or cua01, or
	    whatever the correct name is for your site.

	  If you run into an error that says 'not configured' in it, your 
	  kernel either does not recognize your port (dmesg will verify that)
	  or your kernel does not have the slip interface built in.  See 
	  below for the latter.  The former could be caused by any one of 
	  a dozen problems, including conflicting or incorrectly identified 
	  IRQs or port addresses.

	  - Run `ifconfig sl0 net clientname servername netmask 0xffffff00`
	  - Run `route add default servername`.
	  
	    "servername" is your server and "clientname" is your client.
	    
	  It should now be possible to `ping host`

	** my method **
	  Configure /etc/remote
	  Configure /etc/host.dial
	  Run `slip host`.

	/etc/remote contains an extended `tip` entry.  /etc/host.dial 
	contains a login script (and is named in /etc/remote).

	Oh yes, don't forget to have a line in your kernel config saying

	pseudo-device sl 2

	Without this line, you may get a 'device not configured' or 
	'TIO...' error because the slip driver is not built into the 
	kernel.

	I uploaded the slip package a while ago (to several archives), but 
	was unaware of needing to notify the postmaster.  They've probably 
	all been removed now.  Slip packages are available from many FTP 
	sites; use archie to find the site nearest you.


7.2	PPP

	Implementations of Point to Point Protocol are also available.  PPP
	should be available in the next major release (0.9+) of NetBSD and 
	in the current release of FreeBSD and NetBSD both.

	It should also be noted that there is a newsgroup that covers the 
	PPP protocol exclusively.  It is comp.protocols.ppp.


7.3	TCP/IP

	TCP/IP is an integral part of BSD 4.4 Lite.  There are at least 
	five different network card drivers.  TCP/IP is fully supported 
	and is available to all users of all derived BSD systems.  In 
	fact, many people believe that this area is one of the primary 
	advantages that BSD has over Linux.


7.4	UUCP

	There is an excellent document included in the UUCP directory
	that describes in detail, what needs to be done to get a
	working UUCP for derived BSD systems.  Look in the 
	/usr/src/gnu/libexec/uucp directory for more information.  You 
	can also look in the /usr/share/doc/smm/09.uucpimpl and 
	/usr/share/doc/smm/21.uucpnet if yours are populated.

	
7.4.1	TIP/CU

	First thing you need to do is...

		vi /etc/remote

	Then remove the two lines at the bottom of the file that mention 
	com1, and com2.  Now add the following lines:

		com0:dv=/dev/com0:br#9600:
		com1:dv=/dev/com1:br#9600:

	That tells tip/cu where to find your com ports.  Next you need 
	to be logged in as root and do a:

		chown uucp.dialer /dev/com0
		chown uucp.dialer /dev/com1
		touch /var/log/aculog
		chown uucp.dialer /var/log/aculog

	Make sure that, if you are running newsyslog, you change the 
	owner.group entry in the newsyslog.conf file so that the file
	ownership is maintained correctly.

	Then you should be all set, remember "DOS Com1" = com0, and 
	"DOS Com2" = com1.  So, if your modem is at 0x2F8/IRQ=3 and you
	access it as the COM2: port from DOS, you would do..

		tip com1

	To exit, type <RETURN>~.<RETURN>

	Many people have a problem with the lock open: procedure.   
	If you receive the error:

	lock open: no such file or directory
	all ports busy

	You need to create a directory: /var/spool/lock, owned by uucp.  If
	this file already exists and is owned correctly, make sure that the
	lock file in the directory is deleted.

	This answer thanks to (crt@tiamat.umd.umich.edu).


7.4.2	What is the magic incantation that allows the modem to dial?

	Try 'stty -f /dev/tty0? clocal'.  Change the '?' for whatever 
	character is appropriate for your tty port.  Remember, DOS COM1 = 
	/dev/tty00 and DOS COM2 = /dev/tty01...

	Some other things that might cause some problems are the entries
	in the /etc/remotes file.  Try 'com?:dv=/dev/tty0?:br#19200:pa=none'
	and see if that helps.  Remember to replace the '?' with '[01234]'
	as appropriate.

	NetBSD-current has implemented the 'ttyflags' program.  This
	will set your com ports according to the options specified in
	the /dev/ttys files.  This is an even better solution than the
	'stty ... clocal' fix from above!

7.5	Terminals

	Since the target machine for most BSD machines is a 386 with 
	no more than a couple of serial ports, most people do not bother 
	with serial terminals.  For most problems, a quick perusal of the 
	man pages for the ttys file and getty are enough to get them 
	started.  Other than that, most terminal problems are limited to
	peculiarities of particular terminals.

	One common problem that appears to crop up from time to time is
	which wires need to be connected at each end of the cable.  Most
	cables do not, in fact, pass through all lines.  If your terminal 
	uses XON/XOFF (DC1/DC3) protocol, a cable of the appropriate 
	twist, either straight through or null modem, can have as few as
	three lines connecting the two devices.  Assuming DB-25 connections
	at each end, the lines need to go from 2 to 3, 3 to 2, and 7 to 7.
	These lines are Rx, Tx, and gnd.  Other lines that may or may not
	be required include 4 and 5; and 6, 8, and 20.  Normally, these 
	lines would be connected within the 'hood' of the cable (4 to 5 
	and 6 and 8 to 20) to simulate the functionality of the full 
	blown cable.  While full support for CTS/RTS is not available 
	(yet), other support for the remainder of these lines is available 
	or is being worked on in all BSD derived systems.  Without this
	handshaking (particularly pins 6, 8, and 20) your ports may appear
	to be dead.  This is because most of the tty driver for *BSD 
	systems require a Data Carrier Detect to be active before the
	port will work.

	For those folks that have hardware flow control working, you need
	to look in the man page for 'stty' and look around for the 
	-clocal and -ctrcrts options.

	Once the cable is set up, you will need to make sure that your
	system is ready.  The first thing you will need to do is make all
	of the devices in the /dev/ directory.  A program, called MAKEDEV,
	is available in the /dev directory.  Running this program with 
	the argument 'tty' will make all of the physical tty devices.

	With that done, arranging for a 'getty' on the port is the next 
	order of business.  You will need to edit the '/etc/ttys' file
	and make one of the tty devices available.  If you have 
	connected your terminal to DOS COM1, you will be enabling 
	/dev/tty00.  Similarly, if you are connected to COM2:, you will
	be enabling /dev/tty01 (see the pattern?).  There are other
	names for those ports as well, but when you are talking about 
	terminals, be sure to use the '/dev/tty*' names.  If not, you 
	will be completely ignored and treated as an outcast because 
	you obviously have not done any of your homework.

	One of the other common problems with the SIO driver is that 
	people will often disable all handshaking, and then complain
	that they cannot get a reliable connection above 9600 baud.  
	Handshaking is the solution to most of these problems.



7.6	Can network attached assets be used by/from NetBSD?

	Yes, they can, assuming the machine at the other end of the 
	connections is reasonably cooperative.  The specifics are up to
	the remote machine, but a couple of things that you can start 
	looking for that will help are provided below:

		-  Ask the system administrator of the machine in
		   question if it is OK for you to use whatever it is 
		   you need.  This is more a matter of manners than a 
		   technical issue. 

		-  For NFS mounted disk drives, make sure that you are 
		   not prevented from using the assets by the 
		   /etc/exports (or equivalent) file.  This goes for 
		   CD-ROMs as well as regular mounted disks.

		-  There are a completely different set of concerns for
		   tapes and printers.  Each system implements these in
		   slightly different ways.  Check with your system 
		   manager or documentation for more information.

	Note that not all network clients are created equal.  There may
	be semantic differences between what you EXPECT to happen and
	what actually happens.  Your best bet at that point os to get
	with the local system manager and talk to him or her about what
	you should be expecting on the system and what is actually
	happening.  An excellent example is the semantics of file group
	accounts when a new file is created on an NFS machine.  The
	semantics of the create will be based on the OS on the SERVER,
	so it will be whatever SysV or Sun thinks is correct, not what
	we expect from the BSD side.

-- 
TSgt Dave Burgess           | Dave Burgess
NCOIC, USSTRATCOM/J6844     | *BSD FAQ Maintainer
Offutt AFB, NE              | Burgess@cynjut.infonet.net or ...@s069.infonet...
                               

From: burgess@cynjut.infonet.net (Dave Burgess)
Newsgroups: comp.os.386bsd.announce,comp.answers,news.answers
Subject: [comp.os.386bsd] BNR/2 derived BSD for PCs FAQ (Part 9 of 10)
Date: 13 Aug 1994 19:01:24 -0500
Organization: Dave's House in Omaha
Message-ID: <386bsd-faq-9-776822434@cynjut.infonet.net>

Posted-By: auto-faq 3.1.1.2
Archive-name: 386bsd-faq/part9

ection 8.	("Supported" Hardware List)

Disclaimer: This list is NOT a commercial oriented effort.  It is not an 
	    attempt to promote brands of computer machinery; it merely 
	    reports "happy" customers.  The validity of information supplied 
	    is based solely on the validity of the statements made by the 
	    contributors.  If more information is needed on a particular 
	    product please contact the contributor directly via e-mail.


8.0	What hardware is 386BSD known to run on and support!

	The problem with this section of the FAQ is that software is 
	the only reason that every PC card on the planet does not work.

	EISA cards are not directly supported; when and if EISA
	is directly supported, they will give a significant performance
	advantage to EISA bus machines.  As it happens, user who desire 
	more than 16Meg of memory must use either VESA or EISA systems.
	Even with an EISA system, many users will not be able to use the
	address space above 16Meg unless their system uses only EISA 
	cards for those devices that need access to DMA.  The limitations
	are covered in another section of the FAQ.

	Many EISA cards operate in an ISA emulation mode.  Notably, the
	Ultrastore 24F SCSI controller operates in an IDE emulation mode 
	that allows the card to be used in the current system without 
	modification.  Most EISA cards that operate in ISA mode will 
	work with 386BSD, NetBSD, or FreeBSD.

	Like EISA, MCA is unsupported currently; unlike EISA, it can't
	work until it is supported, as it doesn't fall back to ISA
	operation.  If you want to work on this problem, I'm sure that
	many people will appreciate it; you will probably need an ISA or
	EISA machine to do the work, however.


8.1	System brand names
8.2	Motherboards

	Here is the list of compatible motherboards for 386bsd that I 
	managed to collect off the network. Thanks to all of you who 
	contributed to this effort. If some of you have knowledge of a 
	different motherboard and want to add it to the list please send 
	E-mail either Kostis Dryllerakis (kd@doc.ic.ac.uk) or Dave Burgess 
	(burgess@cynjut.infonet.net).

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Manufacturer		: Zeos
Country of origin	: USA
Architecture		: ISA (serial/parallel ports and controller on board)
Bus Slots		: 7 16-bit and 1 8-bit
Chipset			: 
Processor/Speed		: 486SLC/25
Processor Cache		: 8K(?)
BIOS			: Award w/ built-in setup (no password, though)
Max Memory		: 16 megs
Country of availability	:
Price estimate		: This machine was $1995. (out of production)
Points of attention	:
Other Information	: I would most likely not recommend this system, 
			  or any other system using a 486SLC...the 16 Meg limit
			  is a real pain. Also, the system has No processor 
			  upgrade options (unlike a real 486SX)...the 
			  motherboard itself would have to be replaced. :(
Contributor		: Matt Beal (publius@wam.umd.edu)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Manufacturer		: Micronics
Country of origin	: USA
Architecture		: ISA
Bus Slots		: 8 (all 16 bit :-)
Chipset			: Not Known
Processor/Speed		: 486/25MHz
Processor Cache		: 256K
BIOS			: Phoenix
Max Memory		: 16Meg
Country of availability	: Australia (at least)
Price estimate		: Not Known
Points of attention	: 
Other Information	: Needed "fixed" boot floppies otherwise system 
			  would not boot from hard disk.
Contributor		: Brett Lymn (blymn@awadi.com.au)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Manufacturer		: VOBIS / HIGHSCREEN
Country of origin	: Germany
Architecture		: ISA
Bus Slots		: 8
Chipset			: OPTI / uP INTEL
Processor/Speed		: INTEL 80486 DX 50 Mhz
Processor Cache		: 256 Kb
BIOS			: AMI 1992
Max Memory		: 32MB
Country of availability	: Europe
Price estimate		: 3000 US $ with the following configuration:
			  486/50 - 8 Mb RAM - HDD 210 Mb - 2 floppies - 
			  VGA card - 14" VGA Monitor - 
			  DOS/Windows/& other software.
Points of attention	: I paid 6000 US $ for the following configuration:
			  486/50 - 16 Mb RAM - SCSI card (Adaptec) 425 Mb 
			  SCSI disk - 2 floppies - 1 Mb VGA card (ET4000) - 
			  17" professional monitor etc. The hard drive alone 
			  costs 1250 US $, but it is from a third party. The 
			  monitor alone (PHILIPS, remarked as VOBIS) 
			  costs 1000 US $.
			  All prices are valid in Italy.
Other Information	: 
Contributor		: Piero Serini (piero@strider.st.dsi.unimi.it)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Manufacturer		: OPTI
Country of origin	:
Architecture		: ISA
Bus Slots		: 8
Chipset			: OPTI
Processor/Speed		: 486DX/33
Processor Cache		: 256K (can use from 64K - 512K)
BIOS			: AMI
Max Memory		: 32M
Country of availability	: USA, at least
Price estimate		: $850 (w/ 8M) ??
Points of attention	: Make sure cache-able region setting matches actual
			  size of RAM.  Probably don't want BIOS shadowing.
Other Information	:  Uses 1- or 4-Meg 80ns SIMMS, in sets of 4.  
			  (8 sockets).
Contributor		: Bill Warner (wtw@wpi.wpi.edu)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Manufacturer		: unknown (board is called PAT48SA)
Country of origin	: unknown
Architecture		: ISA
Bus Slots		: 6x 16bit, 1x 8bit
Chipset			: SIS
Processor/Speed		: 486 33MHz
Processor Cache		: 256 KByte
BIOS			: AMI BIOS
Max Memory		: 32 MByte
Country of availability : Germany (at least)
Price estimate		:
Points of attention	: none
Other Information	:
Contributor		: Jan Klier, Berlin - Germany (klier.cs.tu-berlin.de)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Manufacturer		: NICE USA
Country of origin	: U.S.A
Architecture		: ISA
Bus Slots		: 8
Chipset			:
Processor/Speed		: 486DX/50MHz
Processor Cache		: 256K
BIOS			: AMI
Max Memory		: 32MB
Country of availability	:
Price estimate		:
Points of attention	: 
Other Information	:
Contributor		: Tom Wye TJW00@charon.amdahl.com
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

		==== EISA MOTHERBOARDS ===

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Manufacturer		: A.I.R. (Advanced Integration Research, Inc.)	
Country of origin	: San Jose, CA USA
Architecture		: EISA/Local Bus
Bus Slots		: 8 Total - 5 EISA, 3 EISA/Local Bus
Chipset			: SIS
Processor/Speed		: 486DX33 (20-50mhz)
Processor Cache		: 256Kb (64-512KB)
BIOS			: AMI
Max Memory		: 256MB max using 16M X 36 SIMMS
Country of availability : U.S.A
Price estimate		: $475 US with 256KB cache, No processor or Memory
Points of attention	: 
Other Information	: Only tested with Tiny Kernel with Adaptec 1542B and
                   	  ET4000 video card.  EISA and Local Bus not tested 
                   	  yet.  Will post again with further results.
Contributor		: Joe Gervais joeg@Novell.com
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Manufacturer		: NICE
Country of origin	: USA
Architecture		: EISA/Local Bus
Bus Slots		: 8 total - 5 ISA + 2 EISA/VLB + 1 EISA
Chipset			: HiNT
Processor/Speed		: 486DX/50MHZ
Processor Cache		: 256K
BIOS			: AMI
Max Memory		: 128MB
Country of availability	: USA
Price estimate		: $950 + memory
Points of attention	: none
Other Information	: easy boot, mini AT footprint
			  easy boot, sudden death. first motherboard failed 
			  after one week due to temperature sensitive component.
Contributor		: duncan@zycad.com (Donald Duncan)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Manufacturer		: Partner (according to supplier - board is unlabeled)
Country of origin	: Taiwan
Architecture		: EISA
Bus Slots		: 8
Chipset			: Opti
Processor/Speed		: 486 DX2 66
Processor Cache		: 8k internal 256k on board
BIOS			: AMI
Max Memory		: 32Mb
Country of availability	: UK
Price estimate		: 599 ex VAT including (necessary) heat sink for 486.
Points of attention	: Board works with 386BSD straight out of the box
    			  with defaults.. When adding memory you must use 
			  the BIOS setup to make all of the new RAM cache-able.
Other Information	: This board is cheap and it works. I got mine from
    			  Jupiter Systems (081 570 1011). They do a fairly wide
			  range of boards and accessories. See Micro Mart for 
			  an advert.
Contributor		: David James (dwj@btcase.bt.co.uk dwj@doc.ic.ac.uk)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Manufacturer		: Synerco, Inc. Richardson Texas (214) 669-0023
Country of origin	: U.S.A.
Architecture		: EISA
Bus Slots		: 8
Chipset			: SOYO Motherboard
Processor/Speed		: Intel/486/66MHz
Processor Cache		: 256K
BIOS			: 1990 American Megatrends
Max Memory		: 32 MB
Country of availability	: Dallas, Texas, U.S.A.
Price estimate		: US 3,000
Points of attention	:
Other Information	: 1 IO card with /dev/com1=DB9 and /dev/com2=DB25
			  EtherCard PLUS "Elite16 Series" 
			  (io base=0x280, irq=2,iomem=0xd000)
					(jumper change to SOFT)
					(Do NOT use default setting, must use)
					(SMC SuperDisk a:ezsetup to adjust)
			  Logitech MouseMan Serial Mouse (M/N: M-CJ13 -9F) 
			  plug in /dev/com1
Contributor		: Jongjay Liou (jongjay@mistxt.oc.com)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Manufacturer		: Gateway2000
Country of origin	: U.S.A.
Architecture		: EISA
Bus Slots		: 8 (6 master and 2 slave?)
Chipset			: 
Processor/Speed		: 486DX2-66E
Processor Cache		: 8 k internal 128 k external
BIOS			: Award (?)
Max Memory		: 16MB
Country of availability : U.S.A. 
Price estimate		: $4750
Points of attention	: (Set Adaptec 1740 SCSI to "standard" mode)
Other Information	:
Contributor		: Daniel Ortmann <ortmann@plains.NoDak.edu>
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Manufacturer		: Micronics Model: 5050-00-ICP/E2/256 Revision: A-1, 
			  plus rework ECN E2A07 to fix CMOS/clock problem
Country of origin	: USA/Taiwan
Architecture		: EISA & Local Bus
Bus Slots		: 8 EISA. 6 are bus master capable, two are not. One of
			  the slots that can not be used for a bus master has 
			  a connector at the other end for a local bus card. 
			  So, for this slot you decide whether to plug in an
			  EISA card or a local bus card.
Chipset			: Intel 357, Intel 358, and a Micronics ASIC.
Processor/Speed		: 486DX50
Processor Cache		: 256 KB external secondary cache, 8 KB internal
BIOS			: Phoenix 80486/EISA, ROM BIOS PLUS version 1.01.23-2	
Max Memory		: 64MB
Country of availability	:
Price estimate		: $1700.00 US
Points of attention	:
Other Information	: built in floppy controller, 1 parallel port, and two
			  serial ports.
Contributor		: Chris Shaker (shaker@cisco.com)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8.3	Video cards

Card:
Manufacturer:
Price:
Bus:
Comments:

Card:	MGA
Manufacturer:	?
Price:		$10
Bus:		ISA 8/16
Comments:	Good if you want only text mode in one window, virtually 
		unusable in X.

Card:		TVGA
Manufacturer:	Trident
Price:		$30 - $70
Bus:		ISA
Comments:	Good for multiscreen consoles (pcvt, syscons), but sloooow
		for 'X'.  Some cards with this chipset have a bug preventing 
		them from being used with XFree86.

Card:		ET3000
Manufacturer:	Tseng Labs/Taiwan
Price:		$40 - $90
Bus:		ISA 8/16
Comments:	Good for text and 'X'.  A bit slow.

Card:		ET4000
Manufacturer:	Tseng Labs/Taiwan
Price:		$45 - $110
Bus:		ISA 8/16, VLB, EISA
Comments:	Good for text and 'X'.  The fastest 'dumb' (unaccelerated)
		card.  Avoid Diamond cards, because of their proprietary
		clock programming.  Diamond is unsupported under XFree.

Card:		ET4000/32
Manufacturer:	Tseng Labs/Taiwan, Hercules
Price:		$65 - $130
Bus:		ISA 16, VLB, EISA
Comments:	Good for text and 'X'.  Some of the early cards have a 
		hardware bug and don't work well with XFree86.  Avoid 
		Diamond cards, because of their proprietary clock programming.
		They are unsupported in XFree86.

Card:		S3/801, S3/805
Manufacturer:	?
Price:		$100 - $200
Bus:		ISA 16, VLB, EISA
Comments:	Good for 'X' and text.  Popular accelerated video cards.
		Available with 1 to 2 MB of RAM, VRAM, or DRAM.  If you 
		want hhigh resolution, get one that uses VRAM.

Card:		S3/928
Manufacturer:	Miro, ELSA
Price:		$250 - $500
Bus:		ISA 16, VLB, EISA
Comments:	Good for text and 'X'.  Popular accelerated video card. 
		Available with 1 to 4 MB or VRAM or DRAM.  For highest 
		resolutions, get VRAM.  Supports resolutions up to 
		1280x1024@60-70Hz.  It is twice as fast as the the S3/80x.
		It is about as fast as a Sparc II with GX adapters.  Support
		for 'low-end' VGA cards is typically poor.  Resolutions of
		less then 800x600 should be avoided.


8.4	Mice and Trackballs

	Mice are not supported, per se, in the Operating System.  They
	do make the GUI for 'X' a great deal less challenging.  The 
	following mice are supported in 'X' and are therefore supported
	by the free BSD systems:

		Microsoft mouse
		Mouse Systems mouse
		Logitech serial mouse
		PS/2 bus mouse requires a special driver that is included
		    in the current source trees.
		PS/2 compatible trackballs are also supported, but
		    there have been problems with the trackball causing
		    the keyboard to lock up.  See the psm driver
		    information for help on getting this driver to work
		    correctly with your system.


8.5	Serial Cards

	As a general rule, you should avoid a serial card that either does
	not use a 16550 UART, or does not have a chip that you can swap
	out to install one.  The 16550 will prevent many silo overflows that 
	can occur with high speed modems.  Other than that, virtually
	all serial cards are supported.

	
8.5.1	How do I configure multiport cards?  Is there a possibility of 
	using multiport serial boards?  How do you configure an AST/4 
	in the kernel?  It looks like the AST driver only supports 
	4-port cards, but it looks like it would be easy to add support 
	for 8 ports ... or am I wrong?

	From: "Martin Husemann" <martin@euterpe.owl.de> 
	All AST 8 port Cards I have seen simply were two AST-4-port on 
	one board. You would configure them like this:

	 master	ast0	at isa? port 0x1a0 tty irq 5 vector astintr
	 master	ast1	at isa? port 0x2a0 tty irq 7 vector astintr

	With that said, the discussion about these cards continues with
	how to make older versions of *BSD react correctly to your AST
	4 or 8 port cards.

	The AST/4 and its clone multiport cards can run on 386BSD using 
	patchkit 0.2.4 and later, NetBSD, and FreeBSD.  The only
	problems seem to be that the code in older versions of
	sioprobe() and sioattach() in sio.c needs to be hacked to get
	it to properly detect the ports and then recognize the type 
	of UARTs installed (16550As).  The code segment that is causing 
	the problem is included below:

	The test in the sio.c driver (in the sioattach() routine) that 
	is causing it to *think* it is a 8250 is:


	
	scr = inb(iobase + com_scr);
	outb(iobase + com_scr, 0xa5);
	scr1 = inb(iobase + com_scr);
	outb(iobase + com_scr, 0x5a);
	scr2 = inb(iobase + com_scr);
	outb(iobase + com_scr, scr);
	if (scr1 != 0xa5 || scr2 != 0x5a)   <--- this is it!
		printf(" <8250>");


	This test seems to be depending upon the absence of the com_scr 
	register in the 8250 (iobase+7).  Unfortunately, the AST 4-port
	card uses this last register of the last UART for interrupt status
	(for the 4 UARTs), hence the last port of the 4 fails the test.  
	The easiest fix is to simply delete this test in your copy of 
	sio.c (If you *know* that you have no 8250s).

	The Bocaboard (BB1008) fails the same way on *all* 8 of its
	ports (the +7 address register is replicated for each port 
	according to the documentation).

	There are also some problems with another test in the if 
	statement:

	if (   inb(iobase + com_cfcr) != CFCR_8BITS
	    || inb(iobase + com_ier) != IER_ETXRDY
	    || inb(iobase + com_mcr) != MCR_IENABLE
	    || !isa_irq_pending(dev)              <--- this one fails!
	    || (inb(iobase + com_iir) & IIR_IMASK) != IIR_TXRDY
	    || isa_irq_pending(dev)
	    || (inb(iobase + com_iir) & IIR_IMASK) != IIR_NOPEND)
		result = 0;

	in the sioprobe() routine for a couple of the ports on the 
	4-port card.  Again, the fix is simply to remove that particular 
	test and everything seems to be okay.  These are admittedly
	pretty ugly hacks, but when you're in a pinch to the system back
	up...

	What you need in the config file is:

	sio0	-> COM1 
	sio1	-> COM2

	(both should be recognized and work just fine)

	sio2	@ 0x1a0	irq 9 flags 0x0501
	sio3	@ 0x1a8	irq 9 flags 0x0501
	sio4	@ 0x1b0 irq 9 flags 0x0501
	sio5	@ 0x1b8 irq 9 flags 0x0501

	Other folks have reported that their configuration looks very 
	similar to this, though they are using irq 5 for the 4-port card.

	(above paraphrased from Bob Willcox, et al)

	This is one of the areas where FreeBSD and NetBSD have
	diverged.  The actual semantics of the multiport boards have
	changed since this section was originally written (the flags
	are either no longer needed or are different in current NetBSD
	implementations, for example).


8.5.2	Now that I have FreeBSD 1.0 installed, how do I set up the 
	serial ports for bi-directional use?

	Thanks to Lyn Kennedy (lrk@k5qwb.lonestar.org) for the advice about 
	the cua devices and their minor numbers.  He worked out much of this 
	without docs.

	In order to get the comm ports working, I decided to run the sio 
	driver (heard it is faster and more capable than com).  In order to 
	get it set up, this is what I did.

	1. I have four com ports assigned to the addresses and interrupt
	lines that are standard for DOS COM1, COM2, COM3, and COM4.  I
	have the following lines in the file used to specify the config
	for the kernel build:

	device		sio0	at isa? port "IO_COM1" tty irq 4 vector siointr
	device		sio1	at isa? port "IO_COM2" tty irq 3 vector siointr
	device		sio2	at isa? port "IO_COM3" tty irq 5 vector siointr
	device		sio3	at isa? port "IO_COM4" tty irq 9 vector siointr

	I also enabled the use of com ports for either call in or call out
	by selecting the bi-directional option.  The following line in the
	config file causes the proper code to be compiled in the driver.

	options	   "COM_BIDIR"	#Bidirectional support in sys/isa/sio.c

	2. After building the kernel, I made sure the devices were 
	represented in /dev.  MAKEDEV should be used to create the
	tty0[0-3] special devices.  It will result in entries such as
	the following:

	   0 crw-------    1 root     wheel     28,   0 Nov  8 06:28 tty00
	   0 crw-------    1 root     wheel     28,   1 Nov  8 10:09 tty01
	   0 crw-------    1 root     wheel     28,   2 Nov  7 01:13 tty02
	   0 crw-------    1 root     wheel     28,   3 Nov  8 03:02 tty03

	Then mknod and chown should be used to create the following four 
	entries:

	   0 crw-rw-r--    1 uucp     dialer    28, 128 Nov  8 03:45 cua00
	   0 crw-rw-r--    1 uucp     dialer    28, 129 Nov  7 18:34 cua01
	   0 crw-rw-r--    1 uucp     dialer    28, 130 Nov  7 17:29 cua02
	   0 crw-rw-r--    1 uucp     dialer    28, 131 Nov  8 03:15 cua03

	The tty0[0-3] entries are used to receive calls on (with the 
	bidirectional code, this is signalled because the most significant 
	bit in the minor number is 0).  The cua0[0-3] entries represent the 
	same ports as the corresponding tty ports, but with the most 
	significant bit of the minor number turned on.  This indicates to 
	the driver that this port is a call out port.

	The reason for the ownership being set to uucp:dialer is because 
	I have all programs that use dialers (uucico, kermit, tip, etc.) 
	set to operate as set-uid with uucp as owner.  Also all of these 
	programs are set up as being in group dialer with group dialer 
	membership being required to execute them.

	3.  One further step needs to be done to allow proper use of the 
	ports.  In rc.local, the last few lines include the following:

	    comcontrol /dev/tty00 bidir
	    comcontrol /dev/tty01 bidir
	    comcontrol /dev/tty02 bidir
	    comcontrol /dev/tty03 bidir

	4. Now I set up getty to use the incoming ports with the following
	entries in /etc/ttys:

	    tty00	"/usr/libexec/getty std.19200"	unknown	on secure
	    tty01	"/usr/libexec/getty std.4800"	unknown	on secure
	    tty02	"/usr/libexec/getty std.4800"	unknown	on secure
	    tty03	"/usr/libexec/getty std.19200"	unknown	on secure

	5. I set up the port file for uucp, the remote file for tip, and 
	the .kermrc file for kermit to refer to the cua0[0-3] devices for 
	call out targets.

	6. Note that I have modems on cua/tty 00 and 03.  My modems are set 
	up to adjust the baud rate of the call (in or out) by negotiating 
	with the other modem in the call.  However the modems always retain 
	the same speed (19,200 Kb) for the rs-232 port.  In order to make 
	the modems use the proper speed, I have to send them an AT sequence 
	at the desired speed.  They will then retain that setting for 
	incoming calls.  So, to do this, I include the following at the 
	end of my rc.local script:

	    /usr/local/bin/initcua00 
	    /usr/local/bin/initcua03

	and in /usr/local/bin, I have the two scripts like (this is the one 
	for initcua00):

	#!/usr/local/bin/kermit
	set modem hayes
	set line /dev/cua00
	set speed 19200 dial XXXXXXX    <----------- it's own number to get busy
	quit


8.5.3	How do I get a serial console to work?

	This answer provided by Simon Ritter (sritter@novell.co.uk)

	I've seen a couple of posts requesting this info, so here it
	is. Maybe this should be added to the FAQ's.

	Edit the file /etc/conf/pack.d/sysmsg/space.c.  At the bottom 
	of this you will find the following lines:

	extern int kdputchar(), kdgetchar();
	extern int asyputchar(), asygetchar();
	extern int asyputchar2(), asygetchar2();

	struct conssw conssw =
	{
    	    kdputchar,
    	    0,
	    kdgetchar
	};

	Change all occurences of kdputchar and kdgetchar to asycputchar 
	and asycgetchar.  Rebuild your kernel and reboot, connecting a 
	terminal to the first serial port.  Behold, all messages on the 
	serial port.

	(Ed Note...  I don't even know if this exists in NetBSD or
	FreeBSD, but what the heck, it's an answer :-)...)



8.6	Disk Controller Problems

	There is no real list of supported wd-driver controllers.  The list
	would be far longer than I am willing to type.  Suffice it to say 
	that virtually every know IDE/ESDI/MFM/RLL hard drive controller
	available works.  There are occasional reports that the driver
	for this particular type of disk drive is "broken", but it is hard
	to substantiate this.  There are a few known "gotchas" with this
	particular controller, but they are fixed as soon as they are found.


8.6.1	IDE controller problems

	The code in the original 386BSD had some serious problems
	dealing with the wd controller.  In addition, changes to the
	controller code which have made improvements in other areas of
	the driver have made the wd driver (in 386BSD with the
	patchkit) even less trustworthy.  The wd driver in NetBSD 0.9
	is better but still has to deal with occasional hard drive bus
	hangs.  The wd driver in the -current code is much more
	reliable.  The FreeBSD code is also greatly improved, and
	likewise does not suffer from these bus hangs.

8.6.2	SCSI controller problems

	Every once on a great while, someone will post a problem with a
	SCSI controller.  Almost all of these are attributed to either
	a) bad cables (or out of spec cables), b) bad termination, or
	c) incorrect irq/drq setup.  Here is an excerpt of a message
	that provides some insight into one man's problems with the
	Adaptec controller, and one with the BusLogic 445.


	From: witr@rwwa.com (Robert Withrow)

	Problem: When the bus hangs, all devices have their access
	lights off, the AHA his its light on. 

	If anyone cares:

	Being in a hurry, I made several changes and the problem went
	away. Normally, I would change one thing at a time, but, like I
	said, I was in a hurry.  Below, I list the changes I made:

	  1) I replaced the AHA with an older one I keep as a spare.

	  2) I *inserted* the the ``synchronous negotiation'' jumper in 
	  the aha.

	  3) I removed the terminator power jumper from two of the hard
	  drives. 

	  4) I removed and reinserted all of connectors into all of the
	  drives. 

	If I had to guess, I bet #2 was the thing that fixed the
	problem. Perhaps this should be a FAQ answer? (Assuming this is 
	a requirement)...

	The system has compiled X11 three times as well as done all 
	sorts of other things including all of the drives (cdrom, disk, 
	and tape) for three days now without a single hang.

	 Robert Withrow, Tel: +1 617 598 4480, Fax: +1 617 598 4430
 	 R.W. Withrow Associates, 319 Lynnway, Lynn MA 01901 USA
	 Net: witr@rwwa.COM

	wjw@ebh.eb.ele.tue.nl (Willem Jan Withagen) writes:

	=>  =>  The BT kernel requires the controller to be configured 
	=>  =>  for IRQ 12.  That is a strange default.  The default for 
	=>  =>  the BT445S is 11, the same as for the 1542.  You probably 
	=>  =>  just need to reconfigure the controller.
	=>  
	=>  So I redid the switches and the BT kernel recognises it on 
	=>  int 12.  Either with or without EISA DMA (switch 2-10)
	=>  
	=>  it no longer generates the strayintr 7.
	=>  But it still doesn't boot after the message 
	=>  	'changing root device to fd0d'
	=>  
	=>  So what's going on here. Is there anyway to find out more?
	=>  Or should I go to one of the FreeBSD lists and discuss it there?

	I was browsing thru the hardware manual of the BT 445S and there 
	it was on the next page :-( I was just misguided by the nice 
	switches on the card edge. 

	To set the interrupts not only the dip-switches need to be changed.
	More important is the actual and physical connection of intr 12 to
	the ISA bus connector.

	After taking the board out, and really connecting intr 12, the 
	system booted the BT kernel without a glitch.  I'm now compiling a 
	new kernel with all our options set as we'd like them to be. 

	The current config:
		16 Mb
		BT 445S with intr 12 and switch 2-10 in default state, 
		giving dma on channel 5.

	Things I'm going to test:
		toggling the 2-10 switch
		adding 16 MB more.


8.7	SCSI Controllers

	The list of "supported" hard drive controllers is very short.
	Basically, it is any hard drive controller that emulates a
	standard IDE/ESDI/MFM controller and a few SCSI controllers.  
	The short list is included below:

		Adaptec 1540[ABC]	ISA	SCSI	No Floppy
		Adaptec 1542[ABC]	ISA	SCSI
		Adaptec 1742		EISA	SCSI
		Ultrastore 14F		ISA	SCSI
		Ultrastore 24F		EISA	SCSI	Supported in IDE mode
		Ultrastore 34F		VLB	SCSI
		Buslogic BT542		ISA	SCSI	
		Buslogic BT545		ISA	SCSI	(Old ones only)
		Buslogic BT742A		EISA	SCSI
		Buslogic BT747A		EISA	SCSI	(modified 742 driver)
		Buslogin BT445S		VLB	SCSI

	Note that the Ultrastore 24F is supported with an experimental
	driver or in IDE emulation mode only.  Any controller that
	purports to be a clone of one of the cards listed above will
	usually work as well.

	In addition, there is a special note for Buslogic card users.

	The card should be configures to use ioaddr 0x330 and IRQ 12.
	There are two places the IRQ needs to be set.  The first is a
	bank of dip switches, and te next is a jumper.  See your hard
	drive controller documentation for the exact settings.

	Once you've got the controller on the right settings.  As it
	says in the README.INSTALL file, after all:

	BT742 SCSI Cntlr.       0x330   12               [kcopy-bt-floppy]

	So I can only conclude that you've probably not configured the
	card for EISA DMA!  From the /usr/src/KNOWNBUGS file:

	/sys/1/isa/bt742a.c
            The Bt445S and Bt747 controllers can cause problems when
	    ISA DMA is selected as an option.  With the EISA controller
	    the remedy is easy - simply turn it off using your EISA 
	    configuration utility.  With the Bt445S, which is a VLB
	    card, you must switch the undocumented "SW10" on "SB2" to
	    the off position.  Also note that certain revisions of the
	    Buslogic board (Revision C or earlier, firmware revision
	    <3.37) will cause DATA CORRUPTION with systems containing
	    more than 16MB of memory.  If you find this to be the case, 
	    temporarily remove your extra memory and contact Buslogic
	    for an upgrade!

		
8.8	Network Cards

	Common misconception number 1: First of all, does BSD still
	support such a small selection of network cards?

	Depends on what you mean by `small'.

	* WD and SMC 8390-based cards (basically all of them)
	* 3C503, 3C509 (and probably 3C507, but I can't actually test it)
	* NE1000, NE2000, NE2100
	* AT&T StarLAN (82586-based cards)
	* BICC Isolan

	These are all in NetBSD, and FreeBSD (by inference)

   	Common question number 2: I have a 3Com 3c509 - is it supported?

	The 3C509 works well under NetBSD-current, and has been clocked
	at full ethernet speed.

	Of course, anyone that wants to go to the trouble of writing a
	driver for any of the other 'unsupported' cards certainly can.
	The Crynwyr (I think) drivers are all out in source form.  That
	should give you the details you need, and the source for the
	driver itself is available in the system.  Go for it.


8.9	Printers
	
	In the original 386bsd system, there were problem with the
	interrupt driven parallel printer driver.  These problems were
	solved by the use of a work around called the interruptless
	printer driver (worked on the theory that once it knew how your
	printer reacted to printing it could configure itself to your
	printer).

	This code has also been deprecated through the use of a new
	printer driver in the {Free,Net}BSD systems that use the same
	source code for either 'interrupt' or 'polled' operation.  The
	closest thing to a 'common' question about printers involves
	questions about CR+LF emulation on some laser printers and some
	questions about some of the filters that 'lpd' talks about, but
	do not seem to be avaiable normally.

	The first is easy.  Set up your printer so that it uses the
	'LF' code as its CR+LF (End of line) character.  If you use
	your machine for operations in more than one OS (like some of
	us that HAVE to use DOS :-( ) then you can include a control
	sequence in the 'ff' control in your /etc/printcap file.


8.10	TAPE Drives

	Editor's note:  

	This tapedrive list is maintained by the original authors.  If you
	have additions, corrections, changes, or deletions, please be sure
	to contact the folks listed in the next paragraph.

SCSI news:

julian@tfs.com writes:
>FreeBSD 1.1 had a rewritten SCSI system.
>
>In fact the method of using the tape modes was almost completely
>rewritten.
>
>If you are a user of tapes, and have had experience with the new method
>(using a control device), please let me know what you think about the
>new system.  I'm particularly interested in hearing from anyone that has
>used the control device from the rc files to set up the system default
>modes for their device on bootup (that's what it was designed for). 
>
>if you have used the tapes in 386BSD or freeBSD-1.0
>and didn't notice that they have changed for 1.1,
>then see the man pages st(4) st(1) scsi(1) scsi(4)

and also...

>as for NetBSD..
>they have integrated the new code into the -current tree
>and it will probably be in the next 'release'


*** Administrivia:

If anyone else aspires to the position of "co-editor of the tape FAQ",
please send me mail.  Until then, I'll use the "Royal We" in the tape
FAQ so I don't have to change all the text.  I'd especially like to hear
from people who are using something other than SCSI tape drives, since I
know almost nothing about non-SCSI tapes, and this is reflected in the
FAQ. 

The tape FAQ will be sent out bimonthly, rather than monthly.
 - Andrew Jr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

These tape drives have been reported as working (or not working)
on 386BSD, NetBSD or FreeBSD, either in articles on USENET or in
response to previous postings.  If you know any more details, want
to point out errors, know another tape drive works (or doesn't),
have any suggestions for additions/changes to the FAQ, or anything
else useful, please send your reports to:

          andrew@noware.ocunix.on.ca (Andrew Cornwall)

PLEASE HELP TO UPDATE THIS LIST BY PROVIDING COMMENTS AND NEW
INFO.  IN RETURN, WE WILL POST UPDATES AND TRY TO MAKE THE LIST
AVAILABLE TO ANYONE INTERESTED.

IMPORTANT DISCLAIMER:
        This list is not guaranteed to be 100% correct.
        We don't know much about tape drives as yet, so
        we are only collating information provided by others.
        By getting feedback on this list, we hope to improve
        it into an FAQ.

EVEN MORE IMPORTANT THANK-YOU:
        Thanks to everyone who's contributed to this list. Without
        your help, it wouldn't exist!

-------------------------------------------------------------------

Changes to:
    Archive 2525-S
    Wangtek 5150ES
    Wangtek 5525ES

Additions: 
    -none-

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-

Format of each entry is as follows:
Name:           {name of the device; if you're reporting, please be as
                 specific as possible}
Capacity:       {Maximum size of the device}
Approx Cost:    {Roughly what you paid}
Interface:      {How it talks to the machine - SCSI, PC bus, etc}
Controllers:    {What controller you're using - Adaptec 1542B, etc}
Informant:      {Who says it works}
Comments:       {Anything good or bad you feel like saying}

*** Please state in the Comments field which operating system you
*** are using and which version.

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-

MANUFACTURER CONTACTS:
        Archive is a Maynard company bought by Conner
                Sales:     +1 714 641 0279
                Technical: +1 800 227 6296
        [informant: mq8qc@qcunix.acc.qc.edu (KARAGEORGIOU ANGELOS)]

        Tandberg
                Technical? +1 805 495 8384
        [informant: raeburn@uk.ac.soton.ecs.cygnus.com (Ken Raeburn)]

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-

COMPATIBLE TAPE DRIVES:


Name:           Archive ???
Capacity:       60MB
Approx Cost:    
Interface:      QIC02/24
Controllers:    Archive SC499
Informant:      stark!gene@newsserv.cs.sunysb.edu (Gene Stark)
Comments:       I have been using the wt driver with an SC499
                controller for a few months.  I am sort of happy
                with the driver.  It streams the tape under dump
                and restore, as long as there is not much else
                going on in the system.  I haven't been able to
                get much streaming with tar.  I tried using dd
                with large block sizes and caused at least one
                system crash, so I don't do that at the moment. 
                The error recovery of the driver is not very good. 
                If you try to read at the wrong density, you have
                to execute a successful rewind or control command
                before you can then read at the correct density. 


Name:           Archive 2060
Capacity:       60MB
Approx Cost:    US$200
Interface:      SCSI
Controllers:    Adaptec 1542b, Adaptec 1742a
Informant:      duncan@zycad.com
Comments:       no observed problems when used with julian's drivers.
                works fine with 1542b/1742a


Name:           Archive 2150
Capacity:       250Mb
Approx cost:    US$350-500
Interface:      SCSI
Controllers:    Adaptec 1542b, Adaptec 1742a
Informant:      ejh@slustl.slu.edu (Eric J. Haug)
                admerlev@cip.e-technik.uni-erlangen.de (me 8-))
                duncan@zycad.com
                jfieber@sophia.smith.edu
Comments:       works well with both the driver in the distribution
                kernel and julians' SCSI drivers.   [ejh]

                nice device!!!, works like a charm, tar w/ original
                scsi-driver plus variable block length patch, under DOS:
                GTAR, ASPIBIN (ASPI-TAR), PCTOOLS 8.0, COREL-SCSI
                works fine with julian's drivers and 1542b/1742a
                    [admerlev/duncan]
                and with Adaptec 1542C + Julian's SCSI drivers [jfieber]

                S version (SCSI?) runs under FreeBSD:CombsSF@Salem.GE.COM
                2150S also known as Viper 150


Name:           Archive 2150L
Capacity:       150 Mb, 120 Mb
Interface:      QIC-02
Controllers:    Archive Viper SC402
Informant:      vak@kiae.su (Serge Vakulenko)
Comments:       Works well, with new wt driver (by me and Sergey Ryzhkov).
                Supports 150Mb and 120 Mb formats on write and 150Mb, 120Mb
                and 60Mb formats on read.  It's possible to use mt command
                to rewind the tape, seek file forward etc.

                It's not a problem in the SCSI code. It's a firmware
                bug in (at least) the Archive Viper 150. Data can be
                appended only if the drive is ``totally sure'' that
                the tape is at end of recorded medium. This could be
                achieved by issuing a `space to end of recorded
                medium' command.  Unfortunately, the recent version of
                Julian's SCSI driver doesn't support this.  (Future
                versions might do.)

                As a workaround, it's possible to ``mt fsf'' after the
                last tape file, then issue another ``mt fsf'', which
                will result in an IO error (SCSI blank check, `no data
                found' appears on console), that should be ignored.
                At this point, the tape could be written to!
                 - joerg_wunsch@tcd-dresden.de


Name:           Archive 2525-S (Firmware Rev. 25462-007 - seems to be important [nbladt])
Capacity:       QIC-24, QIC-120, QIC-150, QIC-525
Approx Cost:    ca. 1000,- DM (about US$ 500)
Interface:      SCSI-1
Controllers:    Adaptec 1542B, Adaptec 1542C, Adaptec 1742A, Adaptec 1742B
Informant:      nbladt@autelca.ascom.ch (Norbert Bladt)
                hm@hcshh.hcs.de (Hellmuth Michaelis)
                loodvrij%cyb@fredbox.cts.com (Bruce J. Keeler)
                musashi@com.netcom (Irving Moy)
                rml@midnight.MV.COM (Roger M. Levasseur)
                andreas@knobel.knirsch.de (Andreas Klemm)
Comments:       In contrary to what my dealer told me, it can read and WRITE
                QIC-150 tapes. Didn't have a chance to try QIC-120, or QIC-60,
                etc. yet.
                I am using 386bsd-0.1 (still with the first patchkit and
                all updates from Julian for his fabulous SCSI-driver kit)
                Sorry, no experience with the original driver because
                that driver doesn't work with the 1742A. [nbladt]

                Worked with Julian's driver out of the box. [hm]

                Since putting in Julian's drivers, with Dave Tweten's mods,
                it seems to work just fine.  [loodvrij]

                The drive docs specify that it can r/w QIC-120, 150, and 525.
                It can read QIC-24 but not write it.  I have read QIC-24
                tapes with it.  This is with FreeBSD 1.0.2 +
                Adaptec-1542C  [rml]

                A few days ago I couldn't install netbsd-09
                because I couldn't read the distribution from
                tape.  That was the reason for me ro try
                FreeBSD-1.0.2 (which worked) 
                Model: VIPER 2525 25462  Rev: -007 [andreas] 


Name:           Archive 5945C drive 
Capacity:       45MB used with wr0b device on a 450ft tape
Approx Cost:    0 (from a scrapped Apollo 3000)
Interface:      QIC-02
Controllers:    Archive SC400S
Informant:      Jens Tingleff, Imperial College, London SW7 2BT,
                jensting@ic.ac.uk
Comments:       The `wt' driver from FreeBSD-1.0R works just fine. The
                only change to the controller hardware was to rejumper
                the I/O address selection (jumper pad going A9 A8 ..
                A3) to locate the controller at 0x300.
 
                Reads tapes written on a SUN3 shoebox. Tapes written
                to rwt0b device do *not* read on the SUN. Multiple tar
                archjives (using device nrwt0b) works just fine.
                Doesn't quite stream with tar, and I'm not sure what
                the max speed is, I'm seing 2.5 MB/Min write speed
                using `tar -b 512', I have seen 4MB/Min read when
                using `dd'. 
 
                [The TAR program archived as TAR313US.ZIP at
                garbo.uwasa.fi works fine under DOS with this
                hardware, reading tapes written on both FreeBSD and on
                a SUN3 shoebox]

Name:           ARCHIVE Python 25501 4mm DAT
Capacity:       >1 Gb
Approx Cost:    ~US$1100
Interface:      SCSI 2
Controllers:    Adaptec 1542B, 1742
Informant:      Rich@rice.edu
Comments:       It works great so far, but I haven't figured out how
                to turn on the hardware compression.  Rich         

Name:           Cipher Model 540
Capacity:       45M/60M (probably/hopefully)
Approx Cost:    Loaned to me in `vintage appearance' (Much dust) - No idea !
Interface:      SCSI 1
Controllers:    Adaptec 1542B
Informant:      Julian Stacey   <stacey@guug.de>
Comments:       Shows promise, Cant yet call it truly usefull though:
                The Good Bit:
                        I have seen it stream constantly on 386bsd.
                The Bad Bit:
                        I can't use it as a usefull drive because it keeps
                        dropping out with errors.
                        The fault does not lie in the media, & most probably
                        not with external power supply or scsi cable -
                        I'm working on it.


Name:           CIPHER MicroStreamer F880 (1600bpi, 9 track PERTEC interface)
Capacity:       ???
Approx Cost:    $5000 for the drive in 1985
                $1000 for protocol Converter 1992
Interface:      SCSI
Controllers:    Adaptec AHA-1542A to NCR ADP-53 to tape drive 
Informant:      mike@scrooge.uoregon.edu (Mike Hoffman)
Comments:       It is FAST, reads tape about the same speed as rewind.
                The SCSI controller runs the 9 track drive thru the
                converter and an Archive 2060S 60mb Cartridge tape
                drive directly.  After putting in the current
                patches and reading the PERTEC Specs it was almost
                "plug and play".  The ADP-53 is a protocol converter
                from/to SCSI/PERTEC, purchased from Laguna Data
                Systems (see Byte Magazine).

                Problems:
                mt does not seem to be of much use.  Forward spacing
                the 9 track tape is an iffy job (skipping the label
                on a labeled tape).  dd now does this (skip=1).

                I always get the error 'cannot prevent/allow'.  This
                is not a big deal (prevent or allow removal of
                tape).

                dd does not handle cr/lf at all well.  Could be all
                the protocol conversions or gnu dd just doesn't do
                it.  All files are read in as one line(no CR Lf
                etc).  The blocking and conversion options have no
                effect on line length.  Conversion from EBCDIC to
                ASCII works fine.  A small program to break up the
                file solves the long line problem.


Name:           Cipher ST-150F
Capacity:       150Mb
Approx cost:    US$300 (incl. interface)
Interface:      QIC-02
Controllers:    Cipher
Informant:      hideki@isl.rdc.toshiba.co.jp (YOSHIDA Hideki)
Comments:       works well with blocksize <= 4b


Name:           Cipher ST150-S
Capacity:       QIC-24(read only), QIC-120, QIC-150
Approx Cost:    1300,- DM (long ago ..)
Interface:      SCSI (better SCSI-I or CCS)
Controllers:    Adaptec 1542B, 1742
Informant:      Hellmuth Michaelis (hm@hcshh.hcs.de)
Comments:       This drive responds with empty strings if asked for
                for it's vendors name and model.
                It has a strange format of the mode sense/set command
                blocks.
                By default, it reports a soft error back to the host
                which makes it a bit hard to work with.
                Problems solved with next release of Julian Elischer's
                enhanced SCSI driver (currently beta, July '93).
                oyang@bruce.cs.monash.edu.au reports an upgrade
                which involves a new ROM and cutting some traces.
                The drive responds: CIPHER : Model ST150S2 Rev: 2.0
                ANSI SCSI rev: 01 when asked for it's vendors names
                and model.

Name:           COMTEK Gigatape 1200 4mm external DAT
Capacity:       1.2 Gb
Approx Cost:    US$800
Interface:      SCSI 1
Controllers:    Adaptec 1542B
Informant:      rich@id.slip.bcm.tmc.edu (Rich Murphey)
Comments:       You can remove the COMTEK drive because I gave up on it:
                the vendor offered to upgrade me to a different drive,
                the Archive Python 25501 4mm DAT.

Name:           Conner C250MQT
Capacity:       250 MB compressed, 125 not
Approx Cost:    approx $200
Interface:      Uses floppy disk controller on PC.
Controller:     ?
Informant:      tpw@ruth.ece.psu.edu (Tom Weldon)
Comments:       Maybe it works, but i couldnt get it to talk to 386BSD
                with GENERICISA kernel.


Name:           DEC TZ30
Capacity:       96 MB (uses 3M CompacTape cartridges)
Approx cost:
Interface:      SCSI
Controllers:    Adaptec 154xB
Informant:      davidb@otto.bf.rmit.oz.au (David Burren) May 1993
Comments:       Works with Julian's SCSI drivers.  Console reports "cannot
                prevent/allow" but this is not a problem.
                This is the native-SCSI half-height version of DEC's
                TK50Z drive.


Name:           DEC TZ857
Capacity:       18.2 GB (stacker unit with seven 2.6 GB CompacTape
                    III tapes)
Approx cost:    lots
Interface:      SCSI
Controllers:    Adaptec 154xB
Informant:      davidb@otto.bf.rmit.oz.au (David Burren) May 1993
Comments:       Works with Julian's SCSI drivers.  As with the TZ30,
                "cannot prevent/allow" is reported but operation
                continues.
                As 386bsd has no "mt online" yet, cartridge loading is
                done manually, but unloading/advancing is done through
                "mt offline" as under Ultrix.
                I don't really use this drive, but I had access to it
                for a day and tried it out...


Name:           Exabyte 8200 8mm
Capacity:       2.2 GB
Approx cost:
Interface:      SCSI
Controllers:    Adaptec 154xB
Informant:      davidb@otto.bf.rmit.oz.au (David Burren) May 1993
                todd@flex.eng.mcmaster.ca (Todd Pfaff) Nov 1993
Comments:       Works perfectly with Julian's SCSI drivers.
                I use it all the time for my system dumps and for
                exchanging files with other machines.
                Works  great with FreeBSD-1.0-RELEASE although
                'mt -status' doesn't work properly.



Name:           Hewlett-Packard HP35480A DAT drive
Capacity:       4 GB
Approx Cost:    $1400
Interface:      SCSI
Controllers:    Adaptec 1542B
Informant:      karl@neosoft.com
Comments:       Great drive, flawless performance.  Requires
                variable length tapedrive patches which should be
                in the patchkit, but I haven't checked.  (They were
                submitted around November of '92)



Name:           Sankyo ST525
Capacity:       525 Mbyte
Approx Cost:    6000 SEK (US$850), NZ$1400 (internal, Jan94)
Interface:      SCSI (SCSI-2)
Controllers:    Adaptec 1542B
Informant:      jonas@carmen.volvo.se (Jonas Lagerblad)
                nickg@nz.co.optimation (Nick Gridley)
Comments:       everything works allright except for one crash
                The SCSI bus seemed hang after running
                "dump 0uf - /dev/rsd0a | gzip --best |
                    dd of=/dev/rst0 bs=64k"
                for approx 1 hour. If I skip the compression
                everything works perfectly. (I am using Julian's
                SCSI driver) 386BSD-0.1 patchkit 0.2 patches 0-110.  [jonas]

                I have no problems with this drive and FreeBSD
                (GAMMA,EPSILON,1.0) I have a BusTek 542B controller but
                no other SCSI devices (yet..).  Further, I mix 150 &
                525 tapes, and read the occasional 60m.  [nickg]





Name:           Sony SDT-1000 DAT
Capacity:       2 GB  on a 90 meter tape
Approx. Cost:   about $600 now, $3500 when purchased 3 yrs ago
Interface:      SCSI  (SCSI-2 also)
Controllers:    Adaptec 1542B
Informant:      steve@molly.dny.rockwell.com
Comments:       I have used it under 386BSD 0.1 and NetBSD 0.8.
                Under 386BSD, it didn't support all of the ioctl functions,
                but works without a hitch under NetBSD. I use it to do tar
                data backups and restores as well as interchanging data
                with an H-P 9000/755 using the HPUX tar command.


Name:           Tandberg 3600 series
Capacity:
Approx cost:
Interface:
Controllers:
Informant:      fredriks@asiago.cs.wisc.edu (Lars Fredriksen),
                raeburn@uk.ac.soton.ecs.cygnus.com (Ken Raeburn)
Comments:       Tandberg SCSI driver work has been pulled into Julian's
                SCSI driver.
                So far I have not had any problems reading 30/60/150/250 Mb
                tapes, similarly no problems writing 150/250 Mb
                tapes.[fredriks]

                People can get firmware changes from Tandberg for the 3600
                and later drives which will make the drive act much like an
                Archive Viper 150MB drive (including identifying itself as
                such).  This is what Tandberg does for people who want to
                use the drives with Sun workstations. 

                With this replacement firmware, I was able to read and write
                tapes just fine with mostly stock NetBSD 0.9 (no
                scsi-related changes) and Linux, with an Adaptec 1542B
                controller. 
 
                Paul Rinaldi at Tandberg's east-coast office told me that
                people wanting to get this done should contact Bob Russell
                their factory at 805-495-8384 and ask for part # 966039,
                firmware revision B07:43.  The cost is about $40.  They
                recommend you send in your drive to get the replacement done
                by the factory, but you can probably get them to send you
                the replacement firmware, if you're into hacking hardware. 
 
> As I understood it, this firmware is intended for later-model tape
> drives than the 3600, but Paul and I tried it, and I've had no
> problems yet.



Name:           Tandberg 3660
Capacity:       250Mb
Approx cost:
Interface:
Controllers:
Informant:      Per Anders Olausson <pao@cd.chalmers.se>
                meidinge@isar.de(Thomas Meidinger)
Comments:       DC6250, DC6150 (not tested) and DC600A.
                Reads and writes DC-6120 as well. [pao]


Name:           Tandberg TDC-3800 5.25" SCSI-1 325MB TBU
Capacity:       up to 520Mb (depending on media) uncompressed
Approx cost:    Didn't buy it new.
Interface:      SCSI-1
Controllers:    AHA1542B
Informant:      vax@ccwf.cc.utexas.edu (VaX#n8)
Comments:       Would not work with base 386bsd-0.1 kernel.
                After applying patch kit, everything worked fine.
                Only tested reads on 250MB, reads and writes on 325MB,
                and reads and writes on 525MB.  Works great.
                Also fine under NetBSD-0.9. Even got "aspitar" from
                wuarchive to read tars from DOS. Don't mix 525 and 325MB
                tapes though, causes heads to wear out fast. Coexists with
                SCSI-2 drives just fine. Wouldn't trade it for anything but a
                SCSI DAT or 8mm.Even then, I would have to think about it.


Name:           Tandberg 3820 5 1/4" HH internal QIC 525 SCSI streamer
Capacity:       up to 520Mb (depending on media) uncompressed
Approx cost:    (I bought mine two years ago--it wasn't cheap :-)
Interface:      SCSI-1/2
Controllers:    AHA1542B, 1742A, DTC3290
Informant:      tmh@first.gmd.de (Thomas M. Hoberg)
                stacey@guug.de (Julian Stacey)
                tomb@gator.bocaraton.ibm.com (Thomas Bagli)
Comments:       Works well with both the driver in the distribution kernel
                and julians' SCSI drivers. Reads all QIC media (tested
                QIC 40/60/120/150/525) Writes QIC 120/150/250/320/525
                (120/150/525 tested) Includes a 256k buffer. 2 rw
                speeds: 83k/s for QIC<320, 200k/sec for 320+
                Occasionally the file system can't keep up at
                200k/sec on backups (small files), somewhat more often
                on restores. The drive can directly seek to any block
                on the tape, so in theory at least with the
                appropriate device drive you could mount a file system
                on it (you better keep fragmentation low :-) As you
                can guess, I am EXTREMELY happy with it.
                [tmh]

                The Good Bit:
                It streams constantly without error (~40mins for 525M
                write @ 60K blocking).  Tape drive shares bus with 3
                SCSI-2 Seagate drives also OK with a SCSI-1 Micropolis 1684-7.
                The Bad Bit:
                We (several us of using these TDC3820s on different hardware)
                have undergone an eerom + eprom autodensity upgrade to allow
                150M writes (previously could only read 150M tapes +r&w 525M);
                this known as Revision 04908, Done 92 08 28.
                There is some kind of block size problem that prevents
                us reliably exchanging 525M tapes, 150M seems OK,
                problem is tape hardware oriented I believe,
                not 386BSD specific.
                Problem pre-existed the 150M write capability upgrade.
                A friend with same 386bsd + TDC3820 + 1542A can't read my tapes,
                neither can a PCS (M68000 based) computer with a TDC3820
                [stacey]

                We paid DM1000 (~$625) in early 1991.  This was a very
                special price, and I estimate that the actual cost would be
                (very) approximately 50% more (~$950).
                I've used it with an Adaptec 1742A, a DTC3290 (caching 1542B
                emulation), and a Mylex ?376? (caching, but only under DOS)
                SCSI controllers.  It doesn't just stream, it screams.  I've
                never seen a streamer that just streams without a pause,
                rewind or such.  This one does (not to say that the Tandberg
                is the sole reason for this).
                [tomb]


Name:           WangDAT 3200
Capacity:       2Gb (up to 8Gb w/compression) on a 90 meter tape
Approx cost:    US$1200-$1300 approx
Interface:      SCSI
Controllers:
Informant:      conklin@talisman.kaleida.com (J.T. Conklin)
                cgd@postgres.Berkeley.edu
Comments:       Works great with Julian's SCSI drivers and an Adaptec 1742...
                (I use it to do my dumps, and I've actually checked and made
                sure the restores work...  8-) [cgd]


Name:           Wangtek 5099EK
Capacity:       60M
Approx cost:
Interface:      PC/QIC-36
Controllers:
Informant:      robsch@robkaos.GUN.de (Robert Schien)
Comments:       The wt.c driver, which is delivered with FreeBSD-EPSILON,
                does not work with my Wangtek 5099EK (60 MB) tape drive.
                This drive has a PC/QIC-36 interface and it worked fine with
                ESIX 5.3.2D (For testing I tried SCO Xenix and ISC 2.2.1 and
                it worked with these OSs, too).  With the driver in
                386bsd-0.1, I could read tapes, but not write.  With the
                "improved" driver, I could neither read nor write (all minor
                devices tried). The solution was a driver from someone in
                Sweden (his name is Mikael Hybsch (sp?)), which worked for
                me already with 386bsd-0.1.



Name:           Wangtek 5099EN
Capacity:
Approx cost:
Interface:
Controllers:
Informant:      Original 386bsd.FAQ
Comments:


Name:           Wangtek 5099SC24, this is a QIC drive (same mechanical drive
                as 5099EN24) with a QIC24 to SCSI board by wangtek full height
Capacity:       60Mb w/DC600A, 100Mb w/DC6250
Approx cost:    Used as is drives US$25.00/each, refurbs ~US$100.00
Interface:      SCSI
Controllers:    Adaptec 1542B
Informant:      rgrimes@agora.rain.com
Comments:       works well with both the driver in the distribution
                kernel and julians' SCSI drivers.  Very old full height
                driver readily availiable in the surplus market.  I know
                where there are 50 or so of these for $25.00/each as is,
                they are pulls from old workstations.


Name:           Wangtek 5150EQ
Capacity:       250MB (QIC-150)
Approx cost:    400 UK pounds including software for DOS
Interface:      QIC-02
Controllers:    Wangtek QIC-02 included
Informant:      kd@doc.ic.ac.uk (K J Dryllerakis)
Comments:       Works with stock driver. Very very slow but reliable. Funny,
                it only seems to work if you use /dev/wt0 instead of /dev/rwt0.
                New driver in beta version by micke@dynas.se (Mikael Hybsch).



Name:           Wangtek 5150ES
Capacity:       250Mb
Approx cost:    $500 in Germany
Interface:      SCSI-1
Controllers:    Adaptec 1542B, Adaptec 1542CF
Informant:      berry@max.IN-Berlin.DE (Stefan Behrens)
                duncan@zycad.com (Don)
Comments:       [With original 0.1 SCSI ...] it streams constantly
                and works without any errors.  Works with original
                as.c driver and with newer drivers from Julian
                [eg in patchkit 0.2.4].  [berry]

                Does not work with the 1742a and 386bsd!!!!!
                SCSI driver compatibility problems.  [duncan, ~Jun'93]
                NOTE: with the latest patchkit Stefan Behrens [berry]
                has reported that Julian's SCSI now works with it.
                No update yet on 1742A behaviour.

                works without any problems on any version of FreeBSD
                with the Adaptec 1542B and the 1542CF (the CF requires
                an up to date version of the SCSI driver). Used to work
                on 386bsd with newer drivers from Julian. I've also used
                the drive with Linux, Solaris2.1/x86 and DOS (Adaptecs
                ASPI and GNU tar) with success. [berry]


Name:           Wangtek 5525ES
Capacity:       525M
Approx cost:    US$600, CDN$1000
Interface:      Adaptec 1542B, Adaptec 1742
Controllers:    SCSI-1
Informant:      bky@eco.twg.com (Brian Yasaki)
                andrew@noware.ocunix.on.ca (Andrew Cornwall)
                Jeffrey Lang <jlang@COM.NeoSoft.sugar>
Comments:       Writes QIC120, 150, 250, 525. Reads QIC24 as well
                (untested). Works with the distribution kernel.
                jlang@neosoft.com reports problems with the "REV1"
                drive.

                In theory a jumper on JP2 will select SCSI-2 instead
                of SCSI-1, but I stuck a jumper there and still boot
                up as SCSI-1 on NetBSD 0.9 [andrew]


Name:           Wangtek 6200-HS
Capacity:       2GB
Approx cost:    $600 (refurbished)
Interface:      SCSI (SCSI II if controller supports)
Controllers:    Adaptec 154x, 1742, ...
Informant:      brians@logrus.rain.com (Brian Smith)
Comments:       Averages 150 KBytes/sec throughput uncompressed, tested
                with FreeBSD 1.02 and Adaptec 1542B.


Name:           Wangtek QT60 (aka Tecmar QT60)
Capacity:       60M
Approx cost:
Interface:      QIC 02
Informant:      tcombs@pacific.urbana.mcd.mot.com (Tim Combs)
Comments:       It works although does not stream under 386BSD 0.1

END OF COMPATIBLE TAPE DRIVE LIST

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-





8.11	QIC-40/80 tape drives

	Steve Gerakines has released a series of patches for FreeBSD that
	allow the use of the QIC-40/80 tape drives through the floppy
	controller.  Get them from ftp.gte.com:/pub/ft/dist0.3/dist0.3.tgz
	or a similar mirror site, if there are any.  Archie will be able
	to tell you for certain.

	I have been playing with Steve's patches for FreeBSD to get
	them hooked into NetBSD for the past year.  The best I
	have ever been able to get is a kernel that doesn't recognize
	any of my floppy drives.


8.12	CD-ROMs

	The Sony Multispin drives work well for Charles Hannum using NetBSD
	and an SCSI controller.

	The Sony CDU 561 works well, as do the Toshiba 401 and 4101.  The
	4101 is a double speed SCSI-2 device and allows 'grabbing' of
	music tracks.

	Many folks have announced that they had problems with Mitsumi
	CD-ROM drives.  It seems that there are nearly as many releases
	of the firmware as there were drives sold.  Many of the firmware
	versions were incompatible with each other.  A generic Mitsumi
	driver will be a hard act to accomplish, if it is possible at all.

	There are Mitsumi CD-ROM drivers for NetBSD and FreeBSD.  They are 
	available in the -current source tree of each, and should be 
	available in the next general release of both systems.  If your
	CD-ROM is not recognized by the kernel, and uses a Mitsumi
	controller, you will need to make changes to the mcd.c source
	file to change the behaviour of the first getreply() function.
	Instead of exitting immediately, the check for whether the
	getreply was successful should be commented out and assumed to
	be correct.  While this is a brute force method (it may find a
	CD-ROM that isn't even there) it will help many Mitsumi
	controllers probe correctly.  The brute force method is
	included below:

	The answer is to replace the probe code which was broken with
	an old version.  The old version will detect mcd0 even if it
	isn't there :-) Doesn't matter!  Warren Toomey (wkt@cs.adfa.oz.au)

	int mcd_probe(struct isa_device *dev)
	{
        	int port = dev->id_iobase;      
        	int unit = dev->id_unit;
        	int st;
	
        	mcd_data[unit].flags = MCDPROBING;
	
	#ifdef NOTDEF
        	
        	mcd_data[unit].config = irqs[dev->id_irq] 
				       ;
	#else
        	mcd_data[unit].config = 0;
	#endif
	
        	
        	outb(port+mcd_reset, MCD_CMDRESET);
        	mcd_delay(300000);
	
        	
        	st = mcd_getstat(unit,1);
        	mcd_data[unit].flags = 0;
	
        	return (st<0) ? 0 : 4;
	}


-- 
TSgt Dave Burgess           | Dave Burgess
NCOIC, USSTRATCOM/J6844     | *BSD FAQ Maintainer
Offutt AFB, NE              | Burgess@cynjut.infonet.net or ...@s069.infonet...
                               

From: burgess@cynjut.infonet.net (Dave Burgess)
Newsgroups: comp.os.386bsd.announce,comp.answers,news.answers
Subject: [comp.os.386bsd] BNR/2 derived BSD for PCs FAQ (Part 10 of 10)
Date: 13 Aug 1994 19:01:30 -0500
Organization: Dave's House in Omaha
Message-ID: <386bsd-faq-10-776822434@cynjut.infonet.net>

Posted-By: auto-faq 3.1.1.2
Archive-name: 386bsd-faq/part10

Section 9	("Supported" Software List).

#9.1	Software known to run under 386BSD
#9.2	List whether patches are needed
#9.3	List version/release of program
#9.4	List who is supporting it if anyone
#9.5	List where you can get it

9.0	What GNU software has been tested and is working with Net/2 derived
	BSD systems for the 386?

	Just about all of it.


9.1	Has anyone ever gotten news to work?


	news running on 386bsd.  Here is a quick summary of the major 
	places to stumble:

	1)  get bash, gmake, gcc 2.X, cnews, trn (or your favorite reader).

	2)  Make uucp work. (Read the info files that come with the
	    original distribution for the whole scoop on configuration 
	    files.)

	Ed Note:  This step is not needed if you are imeplementing SLIP or
	are directly connected to a network.

	3)  Edit all the scripts which come with cnews and replace every 
	occurence of /bin/sh with /usr/local/bin/bash (or wherever you put 
	it).

	4)  Build cnews using bash, gmake and gcc 2.x

	5)  Install cnews in the directories you want it.  Some hand-hacking 
	of the intall scripts is required (Too long ago to remember the 
	details).

	6)  Change the permissions on all the scripts from execute only to 
	read-execute for group and other.  (On 386bsd, if you can't read 
	a script, you can't execute it).

	7)  Set up uucp to accept news

	8)  Post an article and steal it out of the uucp queue before it 
	gets sent.  Feed it to your rnews (as user uucp) instead and make 
	sure that it does not bomb out with permission denied or some such.

	9)  Have fun!

	Implementing innd is even easier.  The configure script that comes 
	with the system has been modified to work more correctly with
	Net/2 derived BSD systems.  There are rumors of  problems with 
	'lint', but these are easiest to find if you just run the configure
	script and let the system find the errors.  This patch file gives
	an example of the types of changes that need to be made.

	Ed Note:  This patch is reversed.  The first block in each
	section is the way your Makefile should look.

*** /usr/src/local/innd-1.4-dist/Makefile	Mon Jun 14 11:01:35 1993
--- /usr/src/local/innd-1.4-dist/Makefile.orig	Mon Jun 14 10:54:25 1993
***************
*** 35,46 ****
  	$(SHELL) ./makedirs.sh
  
  ##  Other generic targets.
! depend tags ctags profiled:
  	@$(MAKE) $(FLAGS) WHAT_TO_MAKE=$@ common
  
  clean:
  	@$(MAKE) $(FLAGS) WHAT_TO_MAKE=$@ common
! 	rm -f libinn.a libinn_p.a FILELIST
  
  ##  Common target.
  common:
--- 35,46 ----
  	$(SHELL) ./makedirs.sh
  
  ##  Other generic targets.
! lint depend tags ctags profiled:
  	@$(MAKE) $(FLAGS) WHAT_TO_MAKE=$@ common
  
  clean:
  	@$(MAKE) $(FLAGS) WHAT_TO_MAKE=$@ common
! 	rm -f libinn.a libinn_p.a llib-linn.ln FILELIST
  
  ##  Common target.
  common:
***************
*** 87,96 ****
  	-cd syslog; $(CC) -o syslogd syslogd.c ; cd ..
  	@echo "Install syslogd and syslog.conf as appropriate"
  
! ##  Configure, compile.
  world:		Install.ms
  	cd config ; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS) subst quiet ; cd ..
  	cd lib ; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS) install ; cd ..
  
  ##  Make a distribution.
  shar:
--- 87,99 ----
  	-cd syslog; $(CC) -o syslogd syslogd.c ; cd ..
  	@echo "Install syslogd and syslog.conf as appropriate"
  
! ##  Configure, compile, and lint.
  world:		Install.ms
  	cd config ; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS) subst quiet ; cd ..
+ 	cd lib ; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS) lint ; cd ..
+ 	cat lib/lint
  	cd lib ; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS) install ; cd ..
+ 	$(MAKE) $(FLAGS) lint
  
  ##  Make a distribution.
  shar:

  Simple as that :-)
-- 
TSgt Dave Burgess           | Dave Burgess
NCOIC, USSTRATCOM/J6844     | *BSD FAQ Maintainer
Offutt AFB, NE              | Burgess@cynjut.infonet.net or ...@s069.infonet...
                               

